RESTRICTED  
 
WT/TPR/G/285  
24 June 2013  
(13-3195)  Page: 1/118  
Trade Policy Review Body  Original: French  
 
  TRADE POLICY REVIEW 
REPORT BY THE COUNTRIES OF THE CENTRAL AFRICAN ECONOMIC 
AND MONETARY COMMUNITY (CEMAC) 
 In conformity with the Agreement establishing the Trade Policy Review Mechanism 
(Annex 3 of the Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization), the general policy statement submitted by the countries of the Central African Economic and Monetary 
Community that are Members of the WTO is reproduced below. 
 
 
Note: This report is subject to restricted circulation and press embargo until the end of the 
first session of the meeting of the Trade Policy Review Body on the CEMAC countries that are 
Members of the WTO. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 2 - 
 
  TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
COMMON REPORT 
1   CONTEXT ................................................................................................................... .. 7 
2   COMMON ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................... 8  
2.1   Main features ............................................................................................................ 8  
2.2   Monetary and fore ign exchange policy .......................................................................... 8  
2.3   Recent econom ic developments ................................................................................... 8  
3   CEMAC IN PRACTICE ................................................................................................... 9  
3.1   CEMAC trade po licy instru ments .................................................................................. 9  
3.1.1   Investme nt regime ................................................................................................. 9  
3.1.2   Other trade-related measures ................................................................................... 9  
3.1.3   Relations with partners ........................................................................................... 13 
3.2   CEMAC sectoral policies ............................................................................................. 14 
3.2.1   Agriculture, livest ock, forestry and fishing ................................................................. 14 
3.2.2   Challenges to be faced in implementing trade policy and sectoral instruments 
in CEMAC ........................................................................................................................ 20 
4   OU TLOOK .................................................................................................................. 21 
4.1   At sectoral policy level ............................................................................................... 21 
4.1.1   As an energy power, CEMAC aims to create 600 enterprises that will generate 
some 15,000 direct jobs. .................................................................................................. 21 
4.1.2   CEMAC metallurgical power will be built up in collaboration with large mining 
groups ready to engage in a partnership for the local processing of  the raw materials ................ 23 
4.1.3   CEMAC "Green Power" will flow from the sustainable development and full 
utilization of the economic potential of  the forest and ag ricultural areas ................................... 24 
4.2   At trade policy level .................................................................................................. 27 
4.3   The emergence agenda ............................................................................................. 28 
4.4   Components of the CE MAC PER Phase 1 (2010-2015) .................................................... 29 
4.5   Implementa tion stra tegy ........................................................................................... 35 
4.5.1   The PER financing strategy ...................................................................................... 35 
4.5.2   The institutional framew ork for implemen ting the PER ................................................. 36 
4.5.3   The timetable for the impl ementation of phase 1 of the PER ......................................... 36 
REPORT BY CAMEROON  
1   INTROD UCTION  ........................................................................................................ 43  
2   RECENT TRENDS IN TH E CAMEROONIAN ECONOMY .................................................. 43  
3   DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIV ES ...................................................................................... 43  
3.1   Vision objectives ...................................................................................................... 43 
3.2   Objectives of the grow th and employme nt strategy ....................................................... 43 
3.3   Key considerations for th e implementation of the DSCE .................................................. 44 
4   GROWTH STRATEGY .................................................................................................. 44  
4.1   Infrastructure development ........................................................................................ 44 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 3 - 
 
  4.2   Modernization of the production  system ....................................................................... 46 
4.3   Human development ................................................................................................. 48 
4.4   Regional integration and trade diversification ................................................................ 48 
4.5   Financing of the economy .......................................................................................... 49 
5   EMPLOYMENT STRATEGY ........................................................................................... 49  
5.1   Increasing the supply of jobs ...................................................................................... 49 
5.2   Job matchi ng ........................................................................................................... 50 
5.3   Improving the efficiency  of the employ ment market ...................................................... 50 
6   GOVERNANCE AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF THE STATE ................................... 51  
6.1   Governance an d the rule of law .................................................................................. 51 
6.2   Strategic manage ment of th e State ............................................................................. 51 
7   MACROECONOMIC AND BUDGETARY PL ANNING ....................................................... 52  
8   CONC LUSION............................................................................................................. 53  
REPORT OF THE CONGO  
1   INTROD UCTION  ........................................................................................................ 60  
2   MAIN FEATURES OF THE EC ONOMY ........................................................................... 60  
2.1   Econom ic growth ...................................................................................................... 60 
2.2   Inflation ............................................................................................................... ... 60 
2.3   Empl oyment ............................................................................................................ 61 
2.4   Trad e balance .......................................................................................................... 61 
2.5   Budgetary situation .................................................................................................. 61 
2.6   Public investment ..................................................................................................... 61 
2.6.1   Transport .............................................................................................................  62 
2.6.2   Energy  and water .................................................................................................. 63 
2.6.3   Telecommunication s and new tec hnologies ................................................................ 63 
3   TRADE POLI CY ASPECTS ........................................................................................... 63  
3.1   Access to the pr ofession of  trader ............................................................................... 63 
3.2   Regulation of imports and exports ............................................................................... 63 
3.3   Prices an d competition .............................................................................................. 64 
3.4   Regional tr ade agreem ents ........................................................................................ 64 
4   ONGOING REFORMS .................................................................................................. 64  
4.1   Legal and judicial governance ..................................................................................... 64 
4.2   Economic  governance................................................................................................ 64 
4.3   Administrative governance ......................................................................................... 65 
4.4   Tax reform ..............................................................................................................  65 
5   OU TLOOK .................................................................................................................. 65 
5.1   Business climate ....................................................................................................... 65 
5.2   Infras tructu re ..........................................................................................................  66 
5.3   Sector al level .......................................................................................................... . 67 
5.4   Agriculture an d agrifood  chain .................................................................................... 67 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 4 - 
 
  5.4.1   Environment, forest ry and wood industries ................................................................ 67 
5.4.2   Petroleum and hydrocarbons ................................................................................... 68 
5.4.3   Mining .................................................................................................................. 68 
5.4.4   Buildings and construction materials ......................................................................... 69 
5.4.5   Tourism and hotel industry ...................................................................................... 69 
5.4.6   Financial services ................................................................................................... 69 
5.4.7   Trade ................................................................................................................. .. 70 
6   CONC LUSION............................................................................................................. 71  
REPORT BY GABON  
1   INTROD UCTION  ........................................................................................................ 72  
2   MACROECONOMIC ACHIEVEM ENTS AND PERSPECTIVES ........................................... 72  
2.1   National economic growth: Strong growth in the diversification process ............................ 72 
2.2   Streamlined manageme nt of public  finances ................................................................. 73 
2.2.1   Ongoing budget reform: significant progress .............................................................. 73 
2.2.2   Budge t reve nue ..................................................................................................... 73 
2.2.3   Budget expenditure ................................................................................................ 74 
2.2.4   Debt .................................................................................................................. .. 74 
2.2.5   Prices and inflation contro l ...................................................................................... 74 
2.2.6   Wages .................................................................................................................. 75 
2.2.7   Employment ......................................................................................................... 75 
2.2.8   Balance of payments .............................................................................................. 75 
2.3   Recent good go vernance initiatives ............................................................................. 75 
2.4   Gabon's strong drawing powe r for foreign dire ct invest ment ........................................... 76 
2.5   Incentive measures for investment  promotion .............................................................. 76 
2.6   Steady rise in the Human Development Index (HDI) ...................................................... 77 
3   TRADE POLICY OBJECT IVES AND INST RUMENTS ...................................................... 77  
3.1   General trade policy objectives ................................................................................... 77 
3.2   Gabon's participation in the international trad e negotiations ........................................... 77 
3.3   Tariff policy ........................................................................................................... .. 78 
3.4   Custom s regi me ....................................................................................................... 78 
3.5   Expo rt taxes ............................................................................................................  78 
3.6   Trade fa cilitation ......................................................................................................  79 
3.7   Updated trade regulations .......................................................................................... 79 
4   IMPROVEMENT OF THE BUSINESS ENVI RONMENT .................................................... 79  
4.1   Streamlining the private sector support system ............................................................. 79 
4.2   Updating of the lega l and judicial  framework ................................................................ 80 
4.3   Improvement of pu blic-private dialogue ....................................................................... 80 
4.4   Tax reform ..............................................................................................................  80 
4.5   A framework more favourable to the protection of industrial property ............................... 81 
4.6   An improved enviro nment for stan dardization ............................................................... 83 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 5 - 
 
  4.7   Government procuremen t: greater tr ansparency ........................................................... 83 
4.8   Competitiveness, innovation, and pr omotion of national entrepreneurship ........................ 84 
5   LARGE-SCALE STRUCTURING PROJ ECTS FOR THE ENTIRE ECONOMY ........................ 84  
5.1   Infrastructure  and majo r works .................................................................................. 84 
5.2   The Plan for a Digital Gabon and NICTs ........................................................................ 84 
5.3   Tr anspor t ............................................................................................................... . 85 
5.4   Energy .................................................................................................................. .. 86 
6   NEW SECTOR DYNAMICS TO DIVERSIFY THE ECONOMY ............................................ 87  
6.1   Forestry sector ......................................................................................................... 87 
6.2   Mining, hydrocarbons, and industry ............................................................................. 88 
6.2.1   Mining .................................................................................................................. 88 
6.2.2   Hydrocarbons ........................................................................................................ 89 
6.2.3   In dustry .............................................................................................................. . 90 
6.3   Fishing, aquaculture, and the Blue Ga bon Project .......................................................... 90 
6.4   An ambitious agricult ure and livestoc k programme ........................................................ 91 
6.5   Sustainable development an d the National Climate Plan ................................................. 92 
6.6   Tourism and ecotourism: A fast-growing industry .......................................................... 93 
6.7   Trade-related tec hnical assistan ce needs...................................................................... 93 
REPORT OF THE CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC  
1   INTROD UCTION  ........................................................................................................ 94  
2   ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................ 95  
2.1   Econom ic growth ...................................................................................................... 95 
2.2   Public finance ........................................................................................................... 95 
2.3   Monetary policy ........................................................................................................ 95 
2.4   Development of the se ctors........................................................................................ 95 
2.5   Business environment ............................................................................................... 96 
3   ECONOMIC  REFORM .................................................................................................. 96  
3.1   Macroeco nomic reform .............................................................................................. 96 
3.1.1   Restoring pe ace and se curity ................................................................................... 96 
3.1.2   Good governance ................................................................................................... 96 
3.1.3   Governme nt procurement ....................................................................................... 97 
3.2   Sector al refo rm ........................................................................................................ 97 
3.2.1   The agricultural  and livestoc k sect or ......................................................................... 97 
4   INTERNATIONA L RELATI ONS .................................................................................. 100  
4.1   The WTO Agreements ............................................................................................. 100  
4.2   Regional agreements .............................................................................................. 101  
4.2.1   Cotonou Agreement: The ACP-EU Economic Partnership Agreements ........................... 102  
4.3   Bilateral agreements ............................................................................................... 102  
4.3.1   Relations with the United States ............................................................................ 102  
4.3.2   Other bilateral agreements .................................................................................... 102  WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 6 - 
 
  4.4   Technical a ssistance needs ...................................................................................... 102  
5   CONC LUSION ........................................................................................................... 104  
REPORT OF CHAD  
1   INTROD UCTION  ...................................................................................................... 105  
2   OVER VIEW .............................................................................................................. 105  
3   MACROECONO MIC POLICY ...................................................................................... 106  
3.1   Economic situation .................................................................................................. 106  
3.2   Public finances ....................................................................................................... 1 06 
3.3   Prices .................................................................................................................. . 106 
3.4   Monetary  situation .................................................................................................. 106  
3.5   External  accounts ................................................................................................... 106  
3.6   Debt situation ........................................................................................................ 1 07 
3.7   Demographic growth ............................................................................................... 107  
3.8   Economic  outlook ................................................................................................... 107  
4   TRADE NEGOTIAT IONS FRAM EWORK ...................................................................... 108  
5   TRADE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION (TRADE POLICY INSTRUMENTS) ........................ 108  
6   TRADE POLICY FORMULATION BY SECTOR AND SECTORAL POLICIES ..................... 110  
7   TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND MOBILIZATION OF TRADE-RELATED AID 
RESOURCES .................................................................................................................. 118  
8   CONC LUSION ........................................................................................................... 118  
 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 7 - 
 
  COMMON REPORT 
1  CONTEXT 1.1.  The Common Report relating to the group review of the trade policies of CEMAC States 
Members of the WTO has been prepared within a particular subregional and international context. 
1.2.  At subregional level, this context is marked, on the one hand, by the recent 
appointment, by the High Authorities of the six member States, of a new management team at the CEMAC Commission, with a view to revitalizing the institution and, on the other hand, 
by an increasingly close examination of the questi on of taking the actual convergence into account 
to achieve a more global coordination of trade and sectoral policies, through the implementation 
of the Regional Economic Programme (PER). 
1.3.  At international level, the delay in the negotiations linked with the Doha Development Agenda 
and the Economic Partnership Agreement with the European Union, the tensions on the financial 
markets, the persistence of the crisis in the euro zone and the slowdown in the economic indicators of the main emerging countries have cast doubt on the evidence of recovery in the world 
economy noted at the beginning of 2012 and are raising fears of a recession with still 
unpredictable consequences. 
1.4.  This is the context within which this Common Report relating to the first group review 
of the trade policies of CEMAC States Members of  the WTO has been prepared. In this respect, 
it is important to bear in mind that, in the past, each CEMAC State Member of the WTO was individually subject to a trade policy review. Thus, Cameroon has had three reviews; Gabon two; and the Congo, the Central African Republic and Chad one each. In order to take 
into account the benefits and challenges associated with the process of harmonization of the trade 
policies and common instruments of the Regional Economic Communities (CER), we welcome the initiative represented by this group trade policy review, which will help to strengthen 
the follow-up and implementation mechanisms and lead, where necessary, to the reform 
of the trade and sectoral policy instruments in the CER. 
1.5.  It should be recalled that Central Africa has a long history of regional economic integration. 
In 1959, the Congo, Gabon, the Central African Republic and Chad launched the Equatorial 
Customs Union. Cameroon joined in 1962, and in 1964, at Brazzaville, the five countries signed the Treaty establishing the Central African Customs and Economic Union (UDEAC). UDEAC's mission consisted, in particular, in the creation of a common market and the harmonization 
of its members' economic and industrial policies. Equatorial Guinea joined UDEAC in 1984. 
1.6.  The creation of CEMAC in 1994 was intended to revitalize this integration process. 
CEMAC actually commenced its activities on 25 June 1999. It notified the WTO on 21 July 1999 
under the Enabling Clause. The Treaty establishing CEMAC was revised in 2008. 
1.7.  To achieve its objectives, CEMAC has se t up five institutions and several bodies. 
The institutions include: the Central African Economic Union (UEAC), the Central African Monetary 
Union (UMAC), the Community Parliament, the Court of Justice, and the Court of Auditors. 
Each of these institutions is governed by a convention. CEMAC's main decision-making bodies 
are: the Conference of CEMAC Heads of State, the UEAC Council of Ministers (Council of Ministers), the UMAC Ministerial Committee (Ministerial Committee), the CEMAC Commission, the Bank 
of Central African States (BEAC), the Developm ent Bank of Central African States (BDEAC) 
and the Central African Banking Commission (COBAC). 
1.8.  This report takes stock of the common economic environment and CEMAC's achievements 
with respect to trade and sectoral policies, while describing the challenges still to be faced in these 
areas. It also provides an overview of the an ticipated outcome of implementing the Regional 
Economic Programme (PER) adopted by CEMAC's decision-making bodies, with reference 
to its components, agenda and implementation strategy. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 8 - 
 
  2  COMMON ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 
2.1  Main features 2.1.  CEMAC represents a market of 42.4 million people (including Equatorial Guinea, 
which is not yet a Member of the WTO) spread over an area of more than 3 million km
2. 
Nearly half of this market (47.2%) is located in Cameroon, which is also responsible for a 
substantial proportion of regional GDP (28.6%). 
2.2.  The CEMAC countries form a heterogeneous whole, in terms of both level of development 
and economic structure. The Central African Republic and Chad, landlocked countries 
of the subregion, belong to the "least developed country" (LDC) group and are also classified as "low-income countries" on the basis of their gross national income per capita. Cameroon, the Republic of the Congo and Gabon are middle-income countries (with Gabon in the upper tier). 
In economic terms, Gabon, with 3.6% of the Community's population, accounts for 19.3% 
of its GDP, while the Central African Republic , with 10.6% of the population, contributes 
only 2.5% to regional GDP. 
2.3.  The economies are, in general, very depe ndent on the petroleum sector, with the exception 
of that of the Central African Republic. 
2.2  Monetary and foreign exchange policy 
2.4.  The CEMAC countries pursue common monetary and foreign exchange policies within 
the framework of the Central African Monetary Union (UMAC). As members of the franc zone, 
since 1972 they have maintained a monetary cooperation agreement with France, supplemented by an operating account agreement in 1973. The Bank of Central African States (BEAC) 
is the issuing institution for the common currency, the CFA (Financial Cooperation 
in Central Africa) franc. It is responsible for defining and conducting monetary policy, conducting foreign exchange policy, holding and managing of ficial foreign exchange reserves, and promoting 
the smooth functioning of the payment and settlement systems. Where monetary policy 
is concerned, its objective is to guarantee the stability of the currency. For this purpose, it uses two types of instruments: refinancing policy an d a policy of imposing reserve requirements. 
2.5.  Under the common foreign exchange regulations, movements of capital in CFA francs 
between member States are free and unrestricted. The other countries of the franc zone are treated on the same footing as the CEMAC countries, except in the case of transactions relating to gold, certain loans, borrowings and direct investments, and foreign securities, 
together with export operations and the repatriation of the earnings. 
2.3  Recent economic developments 2.6.  Apart from a weak performance in 2009 due to  the fall in the global price of oil, the CEMAC 
economy grew steadily during the period 2006-2012 , with annual real GDP growth rates generally 
in excess of 4%. In 2012, real GDP grew by 4.6%, dragged down by the petroleum sector. 
In fact, petroleum GDP grew by 4.4%, wh ereas non-petroleum GDP grew by 6.6%. 
2.7.  To support the subregion's economic and monetary policy and diagnose in greater detail 
the economic and financial development of the Community, CEMAC has established a multilateral surveillance mechanism based on the following indi cators: the primary fiscal balance; the external 
coverage ratio for the currency; the tax burden; the comparative variation of the public wage bill 
and revenue; and the current account deficit. 
2.8.  Where inflation is concerned, following the high levels due to the food crisis in 2008 
and 2009, the situation now seems to be im proving, although the rates remain above 
the Community's 3% norm for convergence. In 2012, the inflation rate amounted to 3.9% 
and should remain above 3% in 2013. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 9 - 
 
  3  CEMAC IN PRACTICE 
3.1  CEMAC trade policy instruments 3.1.  Where customs duties and taxes are concerned, the following instruments have 
been adopted: 
 A Common External Tariff applicable  to goods from third countries; 
 A zero-rated generalized preferential tariff establishing free movement for 
CEMAC-originating products, since 1 January 1998; 
 TCI, CCI and the OHADA levy earmarked for financing CEMAC, ECCAS and OHADA, 
respectively; 
 The rules of origin; 
 A Community Customs Code; 
 Community Customs Regulations; 
 A new Community transit procedure, tried out along two pilot corridors (Douala-Garoua-
Boulaï-Bangui and Douala-Touboro-N'djamena), was introduced in 2009 to reduce 
obstacles and facilitate transit. Moreover, a customs services interconnection project has 
been implemented as a priority chapter of the Central Africam Transit Facilitation and Security Programme (FASTRAC). 
3.2.  At domestic taxation level: 
 Value added tax (VAT) and excise duty; 
 Corporation tax (IS); 
 Income Tax (IRPP); 
 Registration fees, stamp duties and guardianship fees; 
 A specific tax regime applicable to the stock exchange; 
 A specific tax regime applicable to air transport (Air CEMAC). 
3.3.  The free movement of persons is in effect  between Cameroon, the Congo, the Central African 
Republic and Chad. Gabon and Equatorial Guinea have opted for progressive freedom of movement linked to the development of the pr ocess of harmonization of the biometric identity 
documents (national identity card and passport). A Community travel document has been adopted 
and the technical arrangements for its introduction are being made. 
3.1.1  Investment regime 3.4.  The Community Investment Charter, adopted in 1999, is in process of being revised. 
It reaffirms the commitment on the part of the States to create a favourable environment 
for business development by implementing competition regulations, protecting intellectual property and developing support services to improve productivity and competitiveness. 
3.5.  The CEMAC countries, signatories to the Treaty establishing the Inter-African Conference 
on Social Security (CIPRES), guarantee the fair and transparent application of labour and social security law. 
3.6.  The CEMAC member States are signatories to the Treaty establishing OHADA and apply 
the relevant Uniform Acts. 
3.7.  The CEMAC States Members of the WTO have joined the principal international investment 
guarantee institutions (MIGA, ICSID). 
3.1.2  Other trade-related measures 
3.1.2.1  Standards, technical regulations and accreditation 
3.8.  The CEMAC Investment Charter provides for the establishment of a standardization, 
metrological and certification system in each of the countries, as well as at Community level. 
This system is intended to conform with the in ternational provisions, including those of the WTO 
and the International Organization for Standardization. Thus, since independence, all the CEMAC WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 10 - 
 
  countries have been using the European and re gional technical regulations (ISO, NF, CODEX 
Alimentarius, ARSO-ORAN) within the context of their trading activities. 
3.9.  In October 2011, the CEMAC countries sign ed a memorandum of agreement establishing the 
Central African Subregional Metrology Organization (CEMACMET). Attached to the CEMAC 
Commission, this organization is intended to promote metrology and related activities with a view 
to facilitating trade. The agreement led to the launch of the CEMAC Regional Infrastructure-Quality Development Project (IQ-CEMAC) with the su pport of the German Metrology Institute. 
3.1.2.2  Sanitary and phytosanitary measures 
3.10.  With respect to phytosanitary measures, the Regional Food Safety Programme (PRSA) 
has laid the foundations for the harmonization of the rules. Common regulations on the registration of pesticides were validated by the Ministries of Agriculture in 2004. 
These regulations define the registration criteria and give the competent authorities of the member 
States discretion to control the importation, exportation, marketing, utilization and destruction of registered pesticides. 
3.11.  A Pesticides Committee of Central Af rica (CPAC), composed of experts from the 
member States, was officially set up in 2007 to ensure the implementation of the regulations. 
Registration activities began in 2011. The Inter-State Pesticides Committee of Central Africa, 
which became a specialized institution in 2012, is responsible for registering pesticides 
in the CEMAC area. 
3.12.  The relevant regulations do not govern the ac tivities of importation, exportation, marketing, 
utilization and destruction of registered pesticides, which are a matter for the national authorities. 
3.13.  Since being established in 2007, CPAC has been taking stock of the use of pesticides 
and developing the tools required for registrati on. CPAC has just finalized an agro-ecological 
map of the subregion. 
3.14.  Where pharmaceutical products are concerned, in 2002 CEMAC designated the Organization 
for Coordination of the Fight against Endemic Diseases in Central Africa (OCEAC) as its specialized public health body. Accordingly, this body (OCE AC) is overseeing the process of harmonization 
of national pharmaceutical policies. A common pharmaceutical policy adopted in 2007 defines, 
among other things, the criteria for drug approval , pharmaceutical inspection and quality control. 
Cameroon's National Drug Quality Control and Expertise Laboratory (LANACOME) has been identified to serve as a benchmark. 
3.15.  The CEMAC countries have all ratified th e Vienna Convention for the Protection of the 
Ozone Layer and the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer. Community regulations reflecting these commitments were adopted in 2005. In accordance with 
these regulations, the importation, exportation and re-exportation of these substances, products 
that contain them and equipment that uses them  are subject to the procurement of a licence 
issued by the Minister responsible for trade of ea ch member State, after consulting the Minister 
responsible for the environment. 
3.1.2.3  Contingency measures 3.16.  Under the UEAC Convention, at the request of a member State, the Council of Ministers may 
authorize a State, for a limited period, to take pr otective measures intended to deal with serious 
problems in one or more sectors of the economy. 
3.17.  Article 22 of the Convention stipulates th at in the event of a sudden economic crisis 
affecting, in particular, the balance of payments, a member State may, "as a precaution, 
take the safeguard measures that are indispensable". However, these measures must only 
minimally disturb the operation of  the common market and may not last for more than six months 
(possibly renewable). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 11 - 
 
  3.18.  The imposition of anti-dumping and co untervailing duties is governed by the CEMAC 
Customs Code. Article 12 of the Code specifies the conditions under which these duties may be imposed. 
3.19.  Moreover, the Community's VAT provisions authorize the member States to derogate from 
the rules of the common market in order to offset the effects on the cost of living of the high 
prices of certain basic necessities. 
3.1.2.4  Measures directly affecting exports 
3.1.2.4.1  Export duties and taxes 
3.20.  The Community Customs Code allows each member State to set export duties and taxes. 
The duty rates and the products covered vary from country to country. 
3.1.2.4.2   Prohibitions, quantitative restrictions and licences 
3.21.  The CEMAC countries are signatories to the Convention on International Trade 
in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). Accordingly, the export of these species is prohibited or subject to authorization. 
3.1.2.4.3  Free zone regime 
3.22.  The CEMAC Customs Code grants member  States the right to establish industrial 
or commercial free zones that exist outside the Customs regime. 
3.23.  The Customs Code leaves it to the States to determine the volume of goods that can 
be released for local consumption on leaving a free zone. 
3.24.  Cameroon, Gabon and the Congo have su pplemented these regulations with national 
legislation. 
3.1.2.5  Measures affecting production and trade 
3.1.2.5.1  Incentive measures 3.25.  In accordance with the Community provisions, newly formed companies in the agricultural, 
industrial, mining and forestry sectors can benefi t from exemption from profits tax during their 
first three years of operation. 
3.26.  Although the rates of amortization of the investment are fixed at Community level, 
these companies can employ declining-balance or accelerated depreciation. 
3.27.  During the first years of operation, they are authorized to carry losses over to subsequent 
years. Tax reduction measures are also availabl e when profits are reinvested. These measures 
are applicable to all companies, provided that they satisfy the conditions laid down 
by the Investment Charter. 
3.28.  The Investment Charter offers additional advantages. It provides for a reduction 
in registration fees in the following cases: company formation, new equity issues, 
mergers or transfers of shares and holdings. It encourages countries to introduce additional 
measures into the legislation relating to the mining, tourism and forestry sectors. 
3.29.  Where micro-enterprises and informal sector operators are concerned, it encourages 
States to take appropriate measures to limit their reporting obligations and reduce their 
administrative burden. 
3.30.  There is also provision for other measures, in particular, to encourage enterprises to invest 
in regions that are cut-off or underdeveloped. They can then benefit from tax reductions, WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 12 - 
 
  equipment allowances and compensation for any social services they provide which form part 
of the normal agenda of the State. 
3.31.  The utilization of Community raw materials and production based on Community inputs 
makes it possible to measure the integration capacity of the economies and reduce production 
costs, thereby adding value and promoting the purchase of local products. 
3.1.2.5.2  Competition and pricing regime 3.32.  There are two texts governing the Community competition regime: the Regulations 
on anti-competitive business practices and the Regulations on State practices affecting trade 
between member States. 
3.33.  In general, the competition regulations are aimed at three types of practices: 
certain unlawful agreements, certain concentration operations, and abuses of dominant position. 
3.34.  The regulations on government practices that  affect trade between me mber States deal with 
State aid for enterprises, the situation of enterprises with legal monopoly status and competition for government contracts. 
3.35.  The implementation of Community competition law is the responsibility of a Community 
competition surveillance authority, a Community Court of Justice, and national regulatory bodies. The existence of Community legislation does not pr eclude the simultaneous existence of national 
competition laws. 
3.36.  Community competition law provides fo r the close articulation of these two tiers 
of legislation which complement each other and each of which has its own clearly defined jurisdiction. At present, Gabon, the Central African Republic and Cameroon each have a specific 
law on competition. 
3.37.  The principle of free pricing is enshrined in all the national legislations. However, price 
control and monitoring regimes exist at the level of each CEMAC country to contain inflationary 
pressures when the circumstances so require. 
3.1.2.5.3  Government procurement 3.38.  Pending the complete harmonization of the national regulations, government procurement 
is governed by the Regulations on State practice s affecting trade between member States adopted 
in 1999 and revised in 2005, which establish the main principles of government procurement and, in particular, the principle of transparency. 
3.1.2.5.4  Protection of intellectual property rights 
3.39.  As signatories to the revised Bangui Agreement, the CEMAC countries are members 
of the African Intellectual Property Organization (OAPI), which regulates intellectual property in the Community countries. 
3.40.  The OAPI acts as a national industrial property service for each of the member States. 
These national bodies serve to promote and protect industrial property rights in accordance with 
the minimum standards of protection establishe d by the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects 
of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). The OA PI provides a common system of administrative 
procedures for the registration of the related rights. 
3.41.  With respect to literary and artistic property, the revised Bangui Agreement (1999) 
covers copyright, related rights and cultural heritage. The OAPI is responsible for promoting 
the protection of these rights and creating national agencies in the countries that are still 
without one. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 13 - 
 
  3.1.3  Relations with partners 
3.1.3.1  WTO 3.42.  All the CEMAC countries are original Members of the WTO, with the exception of Equatorial 
Guinea, which is in process of acceding to the Organization. CEMAC has observer status within 
the Committee on Trade and Development. 
3.1.3.2  African Union 3.43.  The CEMAC countries are founder members of the African Union (AU). Accordingly, 
they are engaged in the process of implemen ting the African free trade area project, 
which in Central Africa is led by ECCAS. 
3.1.3.3  Economic Community of Central African States (ECCAS) 
3.44.  The CEMAC countries are all members of the Economic Community of Central African 
States (ECCAS), a subregional organization established on 18 October 1983. In addition 
to the CEMAC countries, ECCAS includes Burundi and the Democratic Republic of the Congo (members of the Economic Community of the Great Lakes Countries), as well as Angola 
and Sao Tomé and Principe. 
3.45.  Like CEMAC, ECCAS has a preferential tariff regime, a transit regime, and its own rules 
of origin. This superposition of not necessarily identical trade regimes is not conducive 
to the facilitation of trade in the region. In  2007, the ECCAS Heads of State and Government 
recognized that this overlapping was likely to lead to inconsistencies and duplication of effort, particularly in financial terms. Accordin gly, in 2010, a Steering Committee was set up 
to harmonize policies, programmes and instruments, with a view to the merger of the 
two Regional Economic Communities (CER). 
3.1.3.4  Community of Sahe l-Saharan States (CEN-SAD) 
3.46.  Chad and the Central African Republic are members of CEN-SAD, a community created 
on 4 February 1998 at the initiative of six countries of the Sahel-Saharan region. Its main 
objective is to establish a "global economic union" on the basis of a development plan consistent with the national plans. 
3.1.3.5  European Union 
3.47.  Apart from the GSP, the CEMAC LDCs (Cen tral African Republic and Chad) are eligible 
for the European Union's "Everything But Arms" initiative, which allows them to export everything other than arms to the EU duty free and ex-quota. 
3.48.  Moreover, the CEMAC countries are participating in the negotiation of the 
Economic Partnership Agreement (EPA) between the ACP States and the European Union, as a replacement for the Cotonou Agreement wh ose trade chapter expired at the end of 2007. 
As distinct from previous agreements, the EPAs mu st be compatible with WTO rules. The eventual 
tariff preferences are in process of being negotiated by the ACP countries within existing regional integration initiatives and will be granted on a reciprocal basis. 
3.49.  Three CEMAC countries (Cameroon, the Congo, CAR) have finalized Voluntary Partnership 
Agreements (VPAs) within the framework of the European FLEGT (Forest Law Enforcement, 
Governance and Trade) initiative. Where Gabon is concerned, the process is in its final stage. 
3.1.3.6  United States 
3.50.  Proclaimed in October 2000, the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA) 
is a United States government initiative aimed at further opening up the United States market to products from a number of countries in Sub-Saharan Africa. All the CEMAC States, 
with the exception of Equatorial Guinea and the CAR, are eligible for the AGOA. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 14 - 
 
  3.1.3.7  Other preferential relations 
3.51.  In general, the CEMAC countries are eligible for the Generalized System 
of Preferences (GSP) regimes of the developed countries and some developing countries. On the other hand, only Cameroon participates in the Global System of Trade Preferences 
among Developing Countries (GSTP) 
3.2  CEMAC sectoral policies 3.2.1  Agriculture, livestock, forestry and fishing 
3.52.  Within CEMAC the importance of agricultur e in terms jobs and contribution to GDP varies 
from country to country. It generally employs a substantial proportion of the total labour force, with a contribution to GDP that is small in countries such as the Congo and Gabon and relatively large in the Central African Republic, Cameroon and Chad. 
3.53.  Because of its range of climates and ag ro-pastoral resources, the region is suitable 
for the development of agricultural and live stock breeding activities. It possesses about 
13 million hectares of arable land, 65 million hectares of grazing land and 160 million hectares 
of forest. 
3.54.  The Community initiatives in the agricultural sector form part of the CEMAC Common 
Agricultural Strategy (CAS) and the NEPAD Co mprehensive Africa Agriculture Development 
Programme (CAADP/NEPAD), which is being managed at subregional level by ECCAS. 
3.2.1.1  Community agricultural policies 3.55.  CEMAC has adopted a common agricultural strategy (August 2003) and a Regional Food 
Security Programme (PRSA) (2002), drawn up with the support of the FAO. The common 
agricultural strategy is aimed at promoting trade in agricultural products, providing food security 
and reducing poverty, particularly in rural areas. 
3.56.  Where support for national food security programmes is concerned, it aims to strengthen 
the implementation of existing programmes and iden tify the constraints on action to improve food 
security. Thus, it has made possible the finalization of national agricultural strategies in Cameroon, the Congo, the Central African Republic and Chad. 
3.2.1.2  Policies by subsector 
3.2.1.2.1  Cotton 3.57.  Cameroon, the CAR and Chad are the three CEMAC countries that produce cotton. 
In these countries, production is tending to decline because of the numerous difficulties facing 
the subsector, in particular, those relating to the price distortions due to the subsidies granted 
by the industrialized countries to their producer s. Accordingly, to revitalize the subsector, 
CEMAC adopted Regulation No. 1/06-UEAC-168-CM-14 of 11 March 2006 establishing 
a Subregional Committee on the Coordination and Monitoring of Cotton Subsector Policies 
in the CEMAC zone. 
3.2.1.2.2  Sugar 
3.58.  The sugar industry in the CEMAC zone is characterized by local production amounting, 
in 2010, to about 250,000 tonnes as compared with a substantially larger demand, which has been estimated at 320,000 tonnes. 
3.59.  A platform for technical cooperation between the producers and CEMAC was set 
up in January 2003. This framework envisages, in particular, the launching of new production 
projects and the creation of an environment capabl e of ensuring the continuity of the subsector's 
activities. Thus, in March 2006 a Common Sugar Market Organization (OCM-Sucre-CEMAC) 
was brought into being. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 15 - 
 
  3.60.  OCM-Sucre-CEMAC has the following objectives: (i) to achieve self-sufficiency in sugar 
for the subregion through the increased production of local sugar and/or imports and to establish a mechanism for monitoring the markets and managi ng sugar deficits; (ii) to establish a common 
strategy to make the subregional sugar industries competitive; (iii) to contribute to the campaign 
against fraud, smuggling and counterfeiting ; and (iv) to provide a stable framework 
for the operations of the sector's professionals. 
3.2.1.2.3  Forestry sector 
3.61.  With the exception of Chad, all the CEMAC countries have more or less substantial forest 
resources and export wood products. According to statistics compiled by the Central African Forests Observatory (OFAC) for 2010, the forested area is estimated at 18.6 million hectares for Cameroon; 17.1 million for the Congo; 22.3 million for Gabon; and 6.9 million for the 
Central African Republic. Pending the approval of Community regulations by the Community's 
decision-making bodies, all the national legislations reflect a desire to promote local wood processing. 
3.62.  COMIFAC, established in 2005 within the ECCAS framework, is the body responsible 
for formulating, harmonizing and monitoring forestry and environmental policies in Central Africa. Within this framework several measures have been adopted, in particular, a convergence plan 
defining the priority measures to be taken with a view to harmonizing national forestry and fiscal 
policies; a subregional convention on forest control and the repression of illicit activities; and a system for the collecting, processing and sharing of forestry information. 
3.63.  Cameroon, the CAR, the Congo and Gabon are members of the International Tropical 
Timber Organization (ITTO). The ITTO is an intergovernmental framework for consultation 
and cooperation on matters relating to the international trade in tropical timber and the sustainable management of its resource base. It is governed by the International Tropical 
Timber Agreement (ITTA), concluded in 1983 and revised in 1994 and again in 2006. The objective 
of the ITTA is "to promote the expansion and diversification of international trade in tropical timber from sustainably managed and legally harvested forests and to promote the sustainable 
management of tropical timber producing forests". 
3.2.1.2.4  Livestock products 3.64.  Grazing land covers one third of the regi on's area. Chad, Cameroon and the Central African 
Republic are the main bovine cattle producers in the subregion, accounting for 95% of the regional 
herd estimated at about 16.5 million head. The other species are estimated at 6.7 million head 
of sheep, 37 million goats, 2.4 million pigs, and 87 million chickens and other poultry. Consequently, livestock farming is one of the pillars on which the Community is relying 
to increase its rate of economic growth and achieve the objectives it has set itself in its Regional 
Economic Programme. 
3.65.  The Economic Commission for Cattle, Meat and Fishery Resources (CEBEVIRHA), 
active since 1991, is CEMAC's implementing agency for livestock, fishing and aquaculture. 
Thus, in 1995, it introduced a passport for cattle and an international transhumance certificate. 
3.2.1.2.5  Fishery products 3.66.  The Community countries have some 553,863 km
2 of exclusive economic zone (EEZ) 
and 1,752 km of shoreline. Potential annual fish  production is estimated at 800,000 tonnes. 
However, the exploitation of this potential has remained below full capacity. In 2009, cumulative 
fish and seafood production for all the countries, with the exception of Equatorial Guinea, 
was 323,037 tonnes. Post-catch losses and wastage can amount to 25 to 30% of production. 
3.67.  In 2011, the countries launched the Inla nd Fishing and Aquaculture Promotion Project 
(PPCA-CEMAC). Financed from Community funds (FODEC) to the tune of CFAF 5.5 billion, 
this project is aimed at improving inland fishing production and increasing aquacultural output. 
3.68.  The CEMAC countries are signatories to the international Code of Conduct for Responsible 
Fisheries (CCRF). In 2004, CEBEVIRHA carried out a study to assess the progress made WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 16 - 
 
  and the obstacles encountered in applying the Code. The main conclusions of that study 
were as follows: 
 The CEMAC member States have made significant progress in applying the principles 
of the Code of Conduct fo r Responsible Fisheries; 
 There has been a remarkable response to the efforts to develop aquaculture; 
 Most States have begun the process of acceptance of such international agreements 
as the 1993 FAO Agreement to Promote Compliance with International Conservation 
and Management Measures by Fishing Vessels on the High Seas and the United Nations 
1995 Fish Stocks Agreement; 
 In each of the CEMAC countries, responsibility for fishing and aquaculture has been 
assigned to a supervisory ministry, which generally includes a technical body to take 
charge of management, operational field services and projects. 
3.69.  Obstacles, mainly of a material, financial and human nature, remain to be overcome. 3.2.1.2.6  Mining and energy 
3.70.  The five CEMAC countries Members of the WTO are parties to the Extractive Industries 
Transparency Initiative (ITIE). The Central African Republic and the Congo have been recognized as being in conformity with the ITIE. 
3.71.  A Standing Commission for Energy and Mi ning (COPEM) was established in March 2006. 
Its mission is to prepare any measure aimed at promoting Community policies in these sectors. 
3.72.  The coordination of national energy policies features on the UEAC work programme 
(Convention governing UEAC, Article 2(d)). In this sector, the Council of Ministers is responsible 
for recommending the approach to be taken by the States to the formulation and implementation 
of a common energy policy. 
3.73.  Within the framework of the ACP-EU Energy Facility Programme, the European Union 
is cofinancing the  CEMAC Energy Facility, a project that aims to improve access to electricity 
in peri-urban and rural areas. Launched in November 2008 for a three-year period, this project has two components: a planning component and an "int ensive peri-urban electrification" component. 
The planning component is intended to improv e energy planning capacity in the subregion 
by introducing a Community energy information system. It is benefiting from the technical support of the GIZ (German cooperation agency) and the IOF. 
3.74.  The "peri-urban intensive electrification" component includes a "Planning" chapter 
and a "Connection" chapter. At the planning level, the programme is financing a number of project 
feasibility studies. According to a report by the ECA Subregional Office for Central Africa, the following projects are being examined: th e Dimoli (CAR) (120 MW), Memve'élé (Cameroon) 
(20 MW) and Fe II (Gabon) (36 MW) hydroelectric power plants. Under the connection chapter 
it is planned to make 57,000 subsidized connections, including 20,000 in Cameroon, 10,000 in the Central African Republic, 9,000 in the Congo, 5,500 in Gabon and 12,000 in Chad. 
The end of the project "Energy Facility I" (per i-urban intensive electrification) is scheduled 
for December 2013. With the technical support of the company Innovation Ėnergie 
et Développement (IED), CEMAC has undertake n network and connection projects estimated 
at 45,000 connections in the peri-urban areas of five CEMAC countries. 
3.2.1.2.7  Petroleum and natural gas 
3.75.  With the exception of the Central African Republic, all the CEMAC countries 
are petroleum producers and exporters. Proven  reserves of natural gas were estimated 
at 302 billion m
3 in 2007. Cameroon has almost half of these reserves and is followed 
by the Congo and Equatorial Guinea , then by Gabon. Equatorial Guinea is currently the principal 
natural gas producer (Chad, statistics for 2007). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 17 - 
 
  3.2.1.2.8  Manufacturing sector 
3.76.  The industrial fabric is located mainly in Cameroon and to some extent in the Congo. 
According to UNIDO statistics, manufacturing se ctor value added accounted for 12.9% of CEMAC 
GDP in 2010, which is more than the African average of 10.4%. It varies over a range extending 
from 4.4% in Gabon to 19.7% in Cameroon. As compared with 2005, the manufacturing sector's 
value added as a percentage of GDP increased slightly in the Congo, stagnated in Gabon, and fell in the other countries, with the exception of Equato rial Guinea where it rose from 7.6% to 17.7%. 
3.2.1.2.9  Postal, telecommunicati ons and broadcasting services 
3.2.1.2.9.1  Telecommunications and broadcasting Overview 3.77.  The mobile phone network continued to develop rapidly in the CEMAC countries during 
the period 2005-2011. 
3.78.  None of the CEMAC member States has made specific commitments on telecommunications 
under the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS). The national legislations 
applicable to this sector do not contain any special restrictions with respect to market access 
for foreign providers. 
Broadcasting 
3.79.  The Acts of the World Radiocommuni cation Conference of the International 
Telecommunications Union (ITU), held in Geneva in 2006, instituted digital terrestrial television (DTTV) and scheduled the end of global analogue television broadcasting, in the ultrahigh-frequency (UHF) band, for 17 June 2015. In order to meet this deadline, 
all the CEMAC countries are drawing up and finalizing their national strategies for migration from 
analogue to digital terrestrial television. They are also having to prepare the related road maps and tie them into the corresponding African road map. Iterations for frequency coordination at 
frontier level are in process of finalization. 
Community telecommunications strategy 3.80.  In 2005, CEMAC adopted an information and communication technology (ICT) strategy 
called e-CEMAC 2010. It is aimed at "integrating the region into the information 
society" by carrying out the following six programmes: (1) harmonization of the regulatory and legislative frameworks; (2) development of the network interconnection infrastructure; (3) development of sectoral implementing strategies, in particular in trade, health and education; 
(4) promotion of the use of ICT by SME/SMIs; (5 ) promotion of ICT research and development; 
and (6) capacity building for the CEMAC Commissio n. Implementation of the strategy, which was 
to have been complete by 2010, has met with a number of operational difficulties. 
However, the first two subprogrammes are quite well advanced. Subprogrammes 3 and 4 are in 
process of implementation. 
3.81.  The common regulatory framework applicable to electronic communications activities 
is known as the "Telecom Package". Adopted in November 2008, this package defines 
the harmonized framework for network regulation, tariffs, the legal regime governing activities, 
user protection, and the universal service. It  also creates a Community regulatory body, 
the Association of Telecommunication Regulators  of Central Africa (ARTAC), responsible, 
in particular, for promoting cooperation between the national regulatory authorities. 
3.82.  The national regulatory authorities are functioning in all the CEMAC countries. 
The "Telecom Package" has to be supplemented by  regulations or directives on cybersecurity 
(Directive on the fight against cybercrime, Directive on electronic transactions, 
Directive on the protection of personal data). 
3.83.  Where infrastructure is concerned, an optical fibre telecommunications network 
interconnection project (known as the Central African Backbone (CAB)) was launched in 2010 with WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 18 - 
 
  the financial support of the African Development Bank and the World Bank. Its objective is to help 
provide the populations of the countries of Central Africa with access to a high-speed Internet connection and to reduce the costs of communication services. All the CEMAC member States have installed a CAB structure. Each country has undertaken to set up its own CAB project 
and the interconnections will be made on the basis of bilateral interconnection agreements 
(pairs of bordering countries) in the form of memoranda of understanding (MoUs) or the like. The CAB project has not yet been finalized with respect to its implementation. 
Financial services 
3.84.  The texts governing financial services within CEMAC are as follows: 
 Regulation harmonizing foreign exchange policies in the CEMAC member States, 
adopted on 29 April 2000; 
 Regulation establishing the single approval of credit institutions in CEMAC, 
adopted 27 November 2001; 
 Additional Act establishing the Central African Banking Commission (COBAC); 
 Regulation on the conditions of exercise and supervision of the activity of microfinance. 
3.85.  Banking and financial activities are under the general authority of the monetary institute, 
namely, the Bank of Central African States (BEAC). The activities of the credit institutions are also 
subject to the common banking regulations stemming from the Convention establishing 
the Central African Banking Commission (COBAC). COBAC's mission is to monitor the operating conditions of the credit institutions and the soundness of their financial situation. The conditions of establishment are the same for foreign and domestic banks 
Banking sector 
3.86.  On 31 December 2010, the CEMAC banking system comprised 43 active banks 
with a cumulative capital of CFAF 372.3 billion. The growth of the banking sector has accelerated 
since 2009, and with the establishment of three new banks in the Congo, 
Gabon and Equatorial Guinea, respectively, the num ber of active banks in the CEMAC zone rose 
to 48 in 2012. 
3.87.  Despite its dynamism, the CEMAC banking se ctor suffers from the weakness of its material 
and human resources. These factors are preventing it from carrying out the necessary upstream audits of enterprises that have received bank lo ans and thus detecting potential failures sufficiently 
in advance. The poor quality of the security offe red by applicant enterprises is also having the 
effect of reducing risk-taking on the part of th e subregion's banks and hence the volume of lending 
to the economy. Incidentally, this also explains the situation of overliquidity in which most of CEMAC's commercial banks now find themselves. 
3.88.  Moreover, COBAC, the sector's regulatory body, lacks the material and human resources 
it needs to carry out its prudential supervision missions effectively. 
3.89.  CEMAC also has a flourish ing microcredit market due to the inability of the traditional 
banking system to provide financing for small an d micro enterprises. There are 758 microfinance 
institutions in the CEMAC subregion. 
Financial markets 3.90.  The Central African Financial Market Supervisory Commission (COSUMAF) is the authority 
set up to oversee, regulate and monitor the regional financial market. It is responsible 
for the protection of savings invested in financial assets, investor information and the smooth functioning of the market. 
3.91.  The financial market is characterized by the existence of two stock markets: a Community 
market, the Central African Regional Stock Exchange (BVMAC) and a Cameroon market, 
the Douala Stock Exchange (DSX). It also has two regulatory bodies. The BVMAC is overseen 
by COSUMAF and the DSX by the Financial Mark ets Commission (CMF). The DSX and the BVMAC 
commenced activities in 2006 and 2008, respectively. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 19 - 
 
  3.92.  According to COSUMAF, the major challenges facing the development of the market include 
the weakness of the stock market culture, the lim ited dissemination of stock market information, 
the low level of professionalism among the players and the difficult conditions of access for SMEs. 
3.93.  Moreover, the coexistence of two competing stock exchanges in such a restricted financial 
market is another brake on its development. One of the solutions contemplated is the merger 
of the two exchanges. In 2010, the CEMAC Heads of State gave COSUMAF a mandate to rationalize them. It was within the context of this mandate and a technical assistance initiative 
that, in 2011, the African Development Bank ca rried out a study which made three proposals 
for rationalization. One of the solutions envisaged was for the regional exchange (BVMAC) to specialize in bonds and the DSX in shares 
Insurance 
3.94.  The insurance sector makes only a marginal contribution to CEMAC GDP. In 2010, 
life and non-life insurance premiums written represented 1.3% of GDP in Gabon, 1.1% in Cameroon, 0.6% in the Congo, 0.3% in the Central African Republic and 0.2% in Chad. 
Cameroon and Gabon are the most dynamic markets in the subregion. 
3.95.  The CEMAC countries are all members of the Inter-African Conference on Insurance 
Markets (CIMA), a regional organization consis ting of six CEMAC countries and eight WAEMU 
countries. Since 1995, the CIMA Code has been the regulatory framework for all direct terrestrial 
insurance in the member States. The conclusion of  marine, river and air insurance and reinsurance 
contracts is excluded from the scope of the CIMA Code (country annexes). The CIMA Code has been amended several times since entering into force. 
3.96.  The establishment of a terrestrial insurance company must first be approved by the Minister 
in charge of insurance in each of the countries of establishment, subject to the favourable opinion of the Regional Commission for the Supervision of Insurance (CRCA). Foreign companies 
are treated in the same way as domestic companies,  apart from having to produce a few additional 
documents. These concern, in particular, the appointment of a general agent or a natural person able to speak for the company at the local level and the production of a certificate attesting 
to the fact that the company has been established and is operating in its country of origin 
in accordance with the laws of that country (Article 328-6). 
3.97.  Companies are free to fix their own insurance tariffs. However, in motor vehicle civil liability 
insurance, a minimum tariff is fixed by the nati onal authorities and then validated by the CRCA 
(Article 212 of the CIMA Code). Companies must ob tain the approval of th e Ministry in charge 
of insurance before applying any tariff (Article 304). 
3.98.  The Council of Insurance Ministers (CMA) is the supreme body of CIMA, whose Secretariat 
is in Libreville. The CRCA is the market regulator. It is composed of the various national insurance 
directors (DNAs). The DNAs authorize the exercise  of the profession of insurance intermediary 
and supervise the mission of the technical expe rts. The CRCA performs the important task 
of stabilizing the sector, in particular by making sure that only sound companies retain 
their approvals. For example, between Sept ember 1995 and December 2007, 19 insurance 
companies had all their approvals withdr awn by the CRCA. Between 2008 and 2012, 
the Regional Commission for the Supervision of Insurance withdrew all the approvals granted 
to six (6) insurance companies. 
3.99.  Introduced in 2004, Community co-insuran ce is a step in the direction of market 
harmonization. It facilitates exchanges between insurance companies through reciprocity 
or reinsurance agreements, for certain major risks. This should make it possible for insurance 
companies operating in different CIMA member States to participate in the co-insurance of risks which, due to their nature or scale, necessitate the participation of several regional insurers. 
However, enterprises must first exhaust the national risk-covering capacity. 
3.100.  The only compulsory insurance under the CIMA Code is civil liability insurance. 
The CIMA Code does not contain any particular provisions relating to import cargo insurance. It leaves the countries free to legislate for themse lves in this area. The same applies to building 
insurance. All the CEMAC member States have provisions that make building or contractor's WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 20 - 
 
  all-risk insurance and import cargo insurance compulsory. The advantages of these regulations 
cannot be judged solely on the basis of the profit and loss accounts of the maritime or contractor's all-risk branch; the regulations have many other financial, economic, political and social advantages which, in fact, would easily compensate for any accounting deficit. It is sufficient to 
point out that, from the macroeconomic and financial point of view, all premiums earned in 
transport insurance have a positive effect on the country's trade balance. 
Initiatives at CEMAC level 
3.101.  In addition to civil liability insurance, import cargo insurance is compulsory in all 
the CEMAC member States. 
3.102.  In 1996, the CEMAC countries introduced an international motor vehicle civil liability 
insurance card known as the "CEMAC pink card". Compulsory for all motorists, this card enables 
any driver visiting another member country to be  suitably insured against the civil liability risks 
that he might face as a result of accidents that occur in the country of destination. It does not provide supplementary cover, but serves rather to facilitate rapid processing and a fair settlement 
in the event of a cross-border accident. 
3.103.  The CEMAC pink card is managed by a system consisting of the national offices in each 
country, the approved insurance companies, and an Offices Council responsible for supervision 
and coordination. The cost of the card is dete rmined by the national offices. The resources 
generated by this operation fully offset their operating costs and those of the Permanent Secretariat of the Offices Council. 
Professional services 
3.104.  Where professional services are concerne d, there has been harmonization with respect 
to the issuing of approvals to exercise certain professions. In fact, the initiatives to harmonize the conditions governing a number of professions go  back to the time of UDEAC, whose patrimony 
was taken over by CEMAC. A fee is charged for handling the approval dossiers for certain 
Community-regulated professions. This fee is CFAF 250,000 for natural persons and CFAF 1 million for legal persons of Community origin. The rate is twice as much for persons of non-Community 
origin. The following professions are subject to Community regulations: inter-State general road 
haulage operator; tax consultant; accountancy professional (chartered accountant, statutory auditor, and legal expert in accountancy), and approved customs clearing agent. 
3.2.2  Challenges to be faced in implemen ting trade policy and sectoral instruments 
in CEMAC 
3.105.  Although CEMAC has indeed harmonized several trade policy and sectoral instruments 
which are being effectively implemented in its member States, it must be also be acknowlegded 
that a number of distortions still remain. In particular: 
 The disparities and distortions in the impl ementation of the Common External Tariff, 
since States sometimes apply reduced rates and exemptions unilaterally; 
 Non-application of the Community provisions on compensation for loss of revenue due 
to implementation of the Generalized Preferential Tariff at the zero rate. Whence the need to harmonize and improve the colle ction and processing of trade statistics 
in the CEMAC member States in order to guard against challenges by member 
States linked with contradictory statistical data intended to serve as the basis 
for calculating compensation; 
 Unilateral increases in the rate of VAT by member States, which have led the region 
to adopt a range within which the member States are free to choose; 
 The practice of double taxation involving the imposition of a second tax on a product 
which has been released for consumption and taxed in a first country. Thus, when 
the product is transferred to another Community country, it is taxed again. This means 
that there is no free circulation in the CEMAC subregion: to offset the effects of this distortion, a study has been initiated with a view to adopting an appropriate compensation mechanism; 
 The existence of non-tariff barriers along the transit corridors and at the borders; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 21 - 
 
   The inadequate interconnection of the customs administrations of the various member 
States is impeding the operation of the Community transit regime, as is the ineffectiveness of the means used to monitor cargoes along the corridors. 
4  OUTLOOK 
4.1.  In 2010, to supplement the achievements described above and confront the challenges 
thrown up by the process of regional integr ation and, in particular, the above-mentioned 
distortions of the trade policy instruments, sector al policies included, CEMAC drew up a Regional 
Economic Programme (PER). The aim of this  programme is "to make CEMAC, by 2025, 
an emerging integrated economic area, in which security, solidarity and good governance reign, at the service of human development". 
4.2.  This ambition to emerge makes it necessary not only to speed up the current rate of growth 
but, above all, to transform the very nature of th at growth. Over the last two decades, growth has 
averaged 4.8% per year. Emergence in 2025 presupposes the doubling of this rate during the next 12 years. CEMAC's GDP per capita will then  be more than three times the current level 
and the poverty rate will have been halved. To ac hieve this goal, CEMAC must undergo a profound 
transformation from an undiversified economy with  low value added to a diversified economy with 
high value added. Whereas today it relies on th e export of unprocessed raw materials, tomorrow 
it will be based on three sturdy pillars: the En ergy pillar, the Agriculture and Forestry pillar, 
and the Mining and Metallurgy pillar. If successful, this diversification will change CEMAC's competitive position: its enterprises will have access to a vast regional market of 260 million people covering ECCAS and Nigeria, to which they can export electricity 
(to Nigeria and West Africa), chemical fertilizers (petrochemistry), refined petroleum products, 
and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), various metal products, in particular for building and public works (BPW), and processed tropical products (fruit juice, fresh fruit and vegetables, aquaculture 
products, meat, wooden furniture, non-ligneous fo rest products, etc.). Moreover, for international 
investors the CEMAC zone will become a competitive platform for exports to Europe and the Middle East, particularly for liquefie d natural gas (LNG), metallurgical products 
(aluminium, direct-reduced iron, steel and alloys, particularly ferro-manganese) and tropical 
agricultural products (hevea, palm oil, cocoa, coffee, forest products). 
4.3.  Finally, CEMAC will draw upon the extensiv e resources of its forests, a major carbon sink 
preserved thanks to the maintenance of its biodiv ersity, the generalization of sustainable logging 
and a comprehensive campaign against the phenomena of degradation, with the participation 
of the people who live along the fringes of the forest. 
4.4.  In short, by 2025, at sectoral policy level (4.1) CEMAC will be a triple power: an energy 
power (4.1.1), a metallurgical power (4.1.2) and a green power (4.1.3), while at trade policy 
level (4.2), certain reforms will be undertake n, in accordance with the agenda (4.3), 
the components (4.4) and the implementation strategy (4.5.) described below. 
4.1  At sectoral policy level 
4.1.1  As an energy power, CEMAC aims to  create 600 enterprises that will generate 
some 15,000 direct jobs. 
4.5.  The  electricity generation sector  will form the basis for this  pillar. Developing CEMAC's 
potential will make it possible to generate  25,000 MW in 2025, enough to make CEMAC 
self-sufficient and provide a surplus for export, main ly to Nigeria and all of West Africa (accessible 
thanks to the West African electricity trading sy stem). Within this framework, some 50 power 
stations will be built, thanks to major upstream investment in hydroelectric dams, affording 
optimum conditions (in terms of production costs and durability) with the downstream insertion of independent private operators (IPP, Independent Power Producer). Heavy investment 
in the electricity transport infrastructure, in th e form of three high-tension lines, will make 
it possible to supply the hinterland (Chad, CAR, Northern Nigeria) and Nigeria's coastal zone (Calabar) and thus connect CEMAC to the West African Power Pool (WAPP). 
4.6.  Where  refining  is concerned, rather than expand national refineries, which are too small, 
obsolete and often expensively subsidized, the CE MAC member States are opting to pool their WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 22 - 
 
  resources and create a large, modern and comp etitive regional refinery on the necessary 
scale (with an annual production capacity of 8 to 10 million tonnes) backed by a storage platform sufficient to meet their needs and allow them to export to the region. All the 
CEMAC member States are invited to participate in this regional multinational, together with the 
oil majors, the regional private sector and CEMAC citizens via the regional stock exchange. 
This unit will be managed along strictly commercial lines, with governance that conforms to international standards. 
4.7.  The construction of this regional refine ry unit will make possible the parallel development 
of regional LPG production, with a dozen new industrial units (domestic and industrial LPG bottle assembly units, LPG bottling units). A refined petroleum product storage platform will be added for exporting to the regional market. 
4.8.  In the  gas sector , the present liquefaction plant in Equatorial Guinea is capable of becoming 
a prominent player on the world market if it  can achieve a significant increase in scale. 
This assumes that instead of relying solely on Equatorial Guinea's considerable but insufficient gas 
reserves it also makes use of regional reserves, particularly those of Cameroon. Equatorial Guinea, 
while retaining a majority stake, could then open up the share ownership to other countries of the subregion, in particular those contributi ng to the gas supply requirements. New regional 
LNG centres could then progressively emerge in the wake of targeted prospecting and gas 
discoveries in the member States, eventually making CEMAC a benchmark for LNG production. 
4.9.  In the short term, gas will make it possible to produce enough electricity until 
the hydroelectric dams are built and operating. 
4.10.  This exploitation of regional gas could also be put to good use by building a regional 
petrochemicals industry for producing NPK fertilizer, with the construction of one or more units based on potassium and phosphate resources (the Congo), in addition to synthetic urea (Gabon). 
4.11.  The following tables give an overview of the major projects of the Energy pillar within 
the framework of the PER. Among the projects liste d below, some have been carried out and some 
are in the course of being completed, while there are others which, for various reasons, 
have not been carried out. 
Table 1  Major industrial projects in the en ergy sector (elect ricity excluded) 
Subsector Project Location Completion 
Oil refining Regional refine ry and storage infrastructure 
(annual capacity 8 to 10 MT) Congo 2015 
LPG Regional centre for the manufacture 
of gas bottles an d LPG bottling Congo 2016 
Petroleum product 
distribution Petroleum product storage, transport 
and distribution enterprises CEMAC 
countries 2016 
LNG Liquefaction trains, annual capacity 8 MT Equatorial 
Guinea 2015 
Petrochemicals Petrochemical plants for the production 
of fertilizers, annual capacity 500 kt Gabon, Congo 2015 
 
Table 2 Major hydroelectricity projects 
Subsector Project Power 
(MW) Location Completion 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Boali 2 
and Boali 3_Extension 20 Central Africa 2010 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Imboulou 120 Congo  2010 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Natchigal 300 Cameroon 2015 
Electricity Retaining dam, Lom Pangar 130 Cameroon 2015 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Lancreno 64 Central Africa 2015 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Dimoli 180 Central Africa 2015 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 23 - 
 
  Subsector Project Power 
(MW) Location Completion 
Electricity Various hydroelectric facilities  75 Central Africa 2015 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Grand Poubara 160 Gabon 2015 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Djibloho 120 Equatorial 
Guinea 2015 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Songmbengue  1,000 Cameroon 2017 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Song Ndong 280  Cameroon 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Meme'ele 200 Cameroon 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Kikot 500 Cameroon 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Warak 75 Cameroon 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Chollet 600 Congo 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Liouesso 13 Congo 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Sounda 1,000 Congo 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Mourala 50 Congo 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Loufoulakari 60 Congo 2020 
Electricity Hydroelectric dam, Djoué II 13 Congo 2020 
Electricity Additional hydroelectric dams 11,531 CEMAC 2025 
 
Table 3 Identified thermal power proj ects (gas-fired power stations) 
Subsector Project Power (MW) Location Completion 
Electricity Gas-fired power station, Kribi 150 Cameroon 2010 
Electricity Gas-fired power station, Pointe Noire 450 Congo 2010 
Electricity Gas-fired power station, Limbé 400 Cameroon 2020 
 
Table 4 Renewable energy and energy efficiency projects 
Subsector Project Power (MW) Location Completion 
Electricity Biomass projects 750 CEMAC 2010-2025 
Electricity Energy efficiency projects  CEMAC 2010-2025 
Electricity Solar thermal projects 500 CEMAC 2020 
 
4.1.2  CEMAC metallurgical power will be built  up in collaboration with large mining 
groups ready to engage in a partnership fo r the local processing of the raw materials 
4.12.  Local processing has already been begun by large foreign mining groups. It needs 
to be reinforced to exploit the iron resources of Gabon, Cameroon and Congo. Within this context, 
it is planned to build a metallurgical plant in the Mbalam (Cameroon)-Bélinga (Gabon) area 
to produce a variety of products ranging from direct-reduced iron (DRI) to steel and ferro-alloys 
for export. Downstream from this plant, the ma nufacturing of a broad range of metal building 
products (reinforcing steel, galvanized products , agricultural equipment, etc.) for the regional 
BPWmarket will be developed. Thus, downstream of these large metallurgical units, a web of local 
enterprises will be created to produce a multitude of iron and aluminium-based goods for export to the large subregional markets destined to feed the boom in infrastructure (Angola, DRC, Nigeria and West Africa, etc.). 
4.13.  Between now and 2025, this emergence of CEMAC as a metallurgical hub will be reflected 
in the establishment of about 100,000 enterprises generating 1 to 1.5 million direct, indirect and induced jobs. Some 50 SMEs will be set up to manufacture metal products, in particular 
for BPW and infrastructure (reinforcing steel and other metal products), aluminium-based 
building-frame and cladding products (profiles, aluminium panels, etc.), and cast iron for making gas bottles and kitchen utensils. These will be supplemented by thousands of micro and small 
enterprises in BPW-linked trades and services. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 24 - 
 
  4.14.  The following table gives an overview of the major projects of the Mining and Metallurgy 
pillar within the framework of the PER. 
Table 5 Major projects in mining and metallurgy 
Subsector Project Location Completion 
Mining and metallurgy Extension of the Edea aluminium production unit 
(400,000 tonnes) Cameroon 2015 
Mining and metallurgy Moanda metallurgical plant (manganese metal, 
silicomanganese) Gabon, 
Cameroon 2015 
Mining and metallurgy Micro, small and medium-sized trading and 
service enterprises supplying building materials and kitchen utensils CEMAC 2016 
Mining and metallurgy Aluminium processing cent re (profiles, panels, 
frames, kitchen utensils) Cameroon 2016 
Mining and metallurgy Aluminium production  plant (port of KRIBI) Cameroon  2018 
Mining and metallurgy Iron and steel plant (production of directly 
reduced ore, steel and ferro-alloys) Gabon, 
Cameroon 2020 
Mining and metallurgy Iron processi ng centre (construction materials 
for BPW projects) Gabon, 
Cameroon 2020 
 
4.1.3  CEMAC "Green Power" will flow from the sustainable development and full 
utilization of the economic potential of  the forest and agricultural areas 
4.15.  The diversified potential of the green econom y subsectors (forestry, agriculture and agrifood 
industries, livestock and fishing) will be fully utilized, while seeking to ensure the sustainable 
management of resources and the preservation of the environment, as well as international 
recognition for the Congo forest basin as a major carbon sink, together with fair remuneration for its role in carbon capture. 
4.16.  At forest economy level, sust ainable management will be based on: 
 Generalization of the practice of sustainable development of forestry operations, 
in particular small-scale logging permits managed by indigenous people. To optimize this process and share costs, modern management, monitoring and land use tools will be 
deployed at regional level: geomatic plan, area mapping, surveying. 
 Development of reserves and biodiversity parks and marine protected areas, 
particularly in lagoon and maritime areas. 
 Development of non-ligneous forest product (NLFP) value-enhancing activities for the 
benefit of the local population. 
 Establishment of technology centres, true centres of innovation and knowhow 
(dissemination of research results, technological innovation, partnership management, 
etc.). Four such centres are envisaged: the Forestry Technology Centre; 
the Agropastoral Technology Centre of the Savannahs; the Technology Centre for Tropical Plantation Agriculture; and the Fisheries and Aquaculture Technology Centre 
(Box 1). 
4.17.  This will lead to the creation of a mi llion jobs by 2025 in the green economy subsectors 
as a whole. Many jobs will come from the generalization of wood processing, with the development 
of veneer exports and expansion of the pr oduction of timber for the BPW industry 
and furniture-making, thanks to a parallel effort to provide training, integration and support for equipment. 
4.18.  The livestock and fishery subsectors will in volve a multitude of micro- and small enterprises. 
Thus, 50,000 enterprises, ranging from industrial-type SMEs to small-scale workshops will be set 
up in various sectors: meat processing (abattoir s, butcher's and cooked-meat shops, small-scale 
processing, tanneries), intensive livestock br eeding (pigs, poultry, small livestock), 
transport-storage-logistical activities, and tradin g and services activities. These subsectors will 
benefit from the support of training and apprenti ceship schemes that will make it possible to 
professionalize the small-scale processors and impr ove the organization of the entire value chain, 
particularly marketing. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 25 - 
 
  4.19.  Moreover, more than 20,000 graduates of training institutions (agricultural colleges 
issuing HNDs and vocational baccalaureates) will find jobs in the agriculture, livestock, fishing and aquaculture subsectors. They will form the basi s of a population of modern indigenous farmers 
working alongside the large farms managed by the agricultural multinationals, which will play 
a key role by providing guidance and knowhow. An Institute of Food Technology will be set up 
to serve as an applied research centre providing training and mentoring in the processing of agricultural, fishery and livestock products. 
4.20.  The following table gives an overview of the major green economy projects within 
the framework of the PER. 
Table 6 Major projects in agro-industry, livestock breeding, fishing and aquaculture 
Subsector Project Location Completion  
Livestock and Fishing Intensive livestock breeding development 
centres (poultry, pigs, etc.) Cameroon, Congo, 
Gabon, Equatorial Guinea 2015 
Forestry National platforms for wood processing 
and NLFP valorization CEMAC 2017 
Livestock and Fishing Regional platform for the development 
of cattle/meat and derivatives Chad (Ndjamena) 2017  
Livestock and Fishing Regional platform for inland fisheries 
development and trade Central Africa (Bangui) 2017 
Livestock and Fishing Processing  platforms for sea and lagoon 
fishery products  Gabon, Equatorial Guinea 2017  
Agriculture and 
Agro-industries National centres for agricultural and food 
product processing CEMAC 2020 
Agriculture and 
Agro-industries Centres for tropical plantation 
agriculture products  Cameroon, Central Africa, 
Congo 2020 
 
Box 1: Four technology centres for spee ding up the development of the CEMAC 
green economy 
 
 The “Forestry Technology Centre”  will be responsible for: (i) assembling and producing 
the expertise necessary to develop the Congo Basin forest; (ii) managing a system for providing 
information on the state of the forest and improv ing the effectiveness of the means of control; 
(iii) supporting with expertise and guidance the su stainable development of the forestry industry 
and assisting with the certification process (F SC type); (iv) and establishing a training 
and apprenticeship system to speed up the de velopment of the tropical timber sector.  
 
 The objective of the “Agropastoral Technology Centre of the Savannahs”  will be to 
develop the cattle/meat subsector in the Chad -Cameroon-CAR area, for purposes of CEMAC 
self-sufficiency and export to the densely populate d countries of the region (Nigeria, DRC, Angola). 
The centre will organize an epidemiological su rveillance system and a vaccination system for 
effectively protecting cattle against the principal diseases endemic in the region (trypanosomiasis, 
contagious bovine peripneumonia, rinderpest, brucellosis, small ruminant pest, etc.), develop an 
intensification process involving animal housing and breed improvement, with the breeders being 
offered economical artificial insemination. There w ill be a laboratory for manufacturing, purchasing 
and storing vaccines. The technological facility will be supplemented by the construction 
of a cross-border cattle/meat development cluster comprising: 
 A model regional cattle market equipped with a water supply and watering system, animal 
pens, a veterinary inspection centre, a physical market, etc.); 
 An industrial park for adding value to the cattle, including a compound feed 
manufacturing plant; 
 A large-capacity abattoir for ruminants, with a cold storage-maturation system for the meat; 
 An area adjacent to the abattoir, fitted out and equipped to house SMEs and small meat 
preparation and marketing enterprises (charcuterie, dried and smoked meat, etc.); 
 A well-equipped tannery handling up to 6,000 hides a day, exported "wet blue". 
 
Another feature of the Agropastoral Technology Centre of the Savannahs is a facility devoted to 
the agriculture of the Sudan-Sahel savannah zone . This facility, managed by PRASAC, will be WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 26 - 
 
  responsible for the subsector support programmes (cotton, market-garden crops, dry cereals). 
It will experiment with various cultivation methods (rain-fed cultivation, flood recession cultivation 
and irrigated crops), so as to provide the farmers in the member States with technological 
packages and technical recommendations. 
 
         The “Tropical Plantation Agricu lture Technology Centre”  is intended to promote and 
develop a competitive export agriculture. The exports targeted are tropical agriculture products 
(palm oil, rubber, cocoa, coffee, tropical fruits, cut flowers, etc.). Given its potential in terms 
of agricultural land and water resources and climatic diversity, CEMAC could become 
the third largest exporter of tropical agrioculture products after South and Central America 
and South-East Asia. The technology centre will play a key role in this process by: 
 Assisting States to set up rural survey services to identify and allocate land for different 
uses and to select national subsectors; 
 Managing partnerships with research institutions (CGIAR, for example) and large 
international companies that produce and trade in tropical products and have technical 
solutions at their disposal; 
 Maintaining a large area of agricultural land for use as experimental and variety-breeding 
nurseries for the various targeted crops; 
 Operating as a network and in partnership with the national research establishments and 
agricultural development and extension institutions. These different institutions will be 
represented on the technology centre’s supervisory board; 
 Providing capacity-building training for trainers and technicians from the member States. 
  
         The “Fisheries and Aquaculture Technology Centre” is intended to serve as a 
benchmark and provide support for the implemen tation of regional fishery and aquaculture 
policies. It will be the means of organizing the common and pooled management of CEMAC 
territorial waters, with the use of satellite techniques, aerial surveillance and patrols. 
It will oversee the harmonization of the conditions of approval of fishing vessels and the transition 
to a single approval system, the build-up of  a Community fleet, a coordinated policy for the 
protection of mangrove swamp and delta ecosys tems, the promotion of protected marine areas 
and the reconstitution of fish habitats. It will handle the technical aspects of fishery agreement 
negotiations. It will encourage the equipping of landing sheds and industrial and small-scale fish 
storage and processing platforms. Finally, it will  build platforms for the unloading and small-scale 
processing of fishery products, in particular near river port landing stages.  
 
4.21.  Between now and 2025, the PER will make it possible to redefine physical development in the CEMAC area, with the emergence of six large regional economic hubs. The six regional 
hubs are: 
(1) The industrial Petroleum Products Refining hub, including the regional refining unit 
and an LPG and industrial gas bottling centre, and the creation of SMEs engaged in a wide range of related activities. 
 
(2) The LNG and Petrochemicals hub, with LNG pl ants, NPK synthetic fertilizer (urea, etc.) 
manufacturing and a whole series of related activities. 
 
(3) The Aluminium hub, with bauxite mining in Adamawa province (Cameroon), a large port 
with a world-class aluminium smelter; and downstream an industrial platform producing 
various building materials and cladding products, in particular for the regional BPW market 
(aluminium panels and profiles, frames, cladding, etc.). 
 (4) The Steel and Ferro-Alloys hub, with one or two iron and steel plants producing direct 
reduced iron (DRI), steel and ferro-alloys and, downstream, SMEs manufacturing a wide 
range of metal building materials, in particular for the BPW and infrastructure markets (reinforcement, galvanized products, agricultural equipment, etc.). 
 
(5) The Savannahs agro-industrial regional hub will cover the agro-pastoral activities 
of the northern regions of Cameroon an d the CAR and Chad. The support provided 
by a dedicated technology centre will serve to speed up the processes of intensification 
of livestock farming and ruminant valorization, with the construction of a platform for slaughtering the cattle and adding value to the meat and byproducts. The technology WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 27 - 
 
  centre will include a department devoted to the development of dry cereals and protein 
crops, the revitalization of the cotton su bsector, and the production and export 
of market-garden products such as onions and potatoes. 
 
(6) The Inland Fishery Products hub, in Bangui, will be a regional platform for inland fishery 
and aquaculture product processing, grou ping and trading, sited on the river 
Congo-Oubangui. This hub will profit from th e availability of river transport to group 
the fishery products from various processing centres adjacent to the landing stages 
and make it possible to reach a wide market covering a large part of the RDC and Angola and the markets of Chad, north Cameroon and Nigeria. This hub will form part of a huge platform including a well-equipped river port, a dry port and a market of regional importance 
for the trade in agricultural products, meat an d fishery products. Bangui will be the most 
economical platform for supplying the huge markets of the RDC and Angola. It will be linked by river with Brazzaville and by rail and road with the ports of Cameroon. 
4.22.  To these regional hubs must be added national hubs designed to exploit 
the specific potential of each member State, which must be taken into account in the national development strategies. 
4.23.  The regional hubs will emerge thanks to the development of Special Economic Zones 
around them. This will make it easier to attract private investment and establish enterprises (Box 2).  
Box 2: The Special Economic Zones (ZES) 
 
(1) A role as precursor to an invest ment-friendly business environment: 
 
The ZES is designed to make it easy to set up businesses by making available areas well 
provided with transport infrastructure (road, rail, etc.), access to factors of production 
such as electricity, water, industrial fluids  (steam, compressed air, etc.), and logistical 
and telecommunications services. 
In addition, there are incentives such as a zone administration that helps businesses to solve their 
problems and represents them in their dealings with the authorities, a window to facilitate 
startups, an attractive tax regime, the availability of labour, the possibility of repatriating profits, 
and access to the regional market. 
 
(2) A role as regional integration accelerator: 
 
The status of Special Economic Zone within the CEMAC PER will specifically concern the six large 
regional economic hubs. The ZES will make it possible to attract an array of businesses to each 
hub. It will provide powerful support for regional  integration, by guaranteeing access to the 
markets of the countries of the region for the hub enterprises, which will be free to employ labour 
from all the CEMAC countries, without distinction. 
The Special Economic Zone will generally be close to the resources to which it adds value. It may 
be located in the interior of a country (for example, the establishment of a Special Economic Zone 
devoted to aluminium processing around the port of Kribi). It may be sited in a cross-border 
geographical area that overlaps two or more co untries. An example of a cross-border ZES is the 
proposed metallurgical hub in the Mbalam-Bélinga zone, which is intended to tap the iron ore 
resources of Gabon, Cameroon and Congo.  
 
A feasibility study will define the impl ementation procedures for each ZES. 
 
4.2  At trade policy level 
4.24.  The first strategic objective is to speed up the implementation of the common market, 
through three programmes: 
4.25.  The programme for liberalizing and expanding intra-Community trade 
and strengthening competition (programme 27)  aims to make the CEMAC market an open 
and competitive economic space. This presuppose s the reform of the Community texts on trade, 
the revision, where necessary, of certain common trade policy instruments with account WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 28 - 
 
  for the challenges facing the member States in accordance with their national development plans, 
the revision and application of the texts on the rules of origin, temporary compensation for the loss of revenue associated with the liberalization of regional trade and, finally, the updating and application of the regional regulations on competition. Thus, studies are being made 
at regional level concerning the impact of a possible reduction in the Common External Tariff, 
the conditions of establishment of free circulation and a mechanism for compensating for the resulting loss of revenue, respectively. 
4.26.  The programme for the facilitation of transport and transit (programme 28) aims 
to remove  the constraints on the development of intra-Community trade, by establishing 
juxtaposed border checkpoints and interconnecting customs administrations, as a continuation of and supplement to the current Central African Transit Facilitation and Security 
Programme (FASTRAC). The objective of the project is to interconnect the customs systems 
at three levels: interconnection between the customs offices along the transit corridors; between the customs services of the member  States; and between the CEMAC Commission, 
the customs services of the member States, and the Inter-State Customs Academy (EIED). 
Transit routes along the Cameroon-Central Africa  and Cameroon-Chad corridors have been chosen 
for the pilot phase of the project. 
4.27.  The programme on free movement for persons and the right of establishment 
(programme 29) aims to make free movement for pe rsons, goods and capital effective 
by introducing the Community biometric passport. 
4.3  The emergence agenda 
4.28.  The next five years must make it possible, under the PER, to lay the foundations 
for the emergence of CEMAC. 
4.29.  Within this framework, no development action will be sustainable unless CEMAC evolves 
within an environment of peace and securi ty. Moreover, the effective implementation 
of the ongoing projects of the CEMAC Institutional Reform Programme is also a prerequisite for the success of the PER. 
4.30.  As with any house, the building of Maison CEMAC 2025 means beginning with 
the foundations and the next five years will be exclusively devoted to installing these priority underpinnings, in accordance with a plan based on five main themes: a shared vision, good governance and a favourable business environment, physical integration and planning, 
human resources and, finally, the common market and access to export markets. The following 
chart shows how, by 2015, the pursuit of thes e themes will make it possible to support the 
subsequent emergence of the sectoral pillars an d the erection of an emergent CEMAC by 2025. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 29 - 
 
  Chart 3 Five foundation stones for the Maison CEMAC to be laid by 2015 
CEMAC 2025
Energy 
powerGreen
powerMetallurgical
hub
Theme 1: Shared vision
Theme 2: Good governance and business environment
Theme 3: Physical integration and planning
Theme 4: Human resources
Theme 5: Common market and access to export markets
 
4.31.  The period 2010-2015, phase 1 of the CE MAC PER, will therefore form the first stage 
of the emergence process. 
4.32.   Thus, the construction of an emergent space by 2025 will proceed by stages, 
beginning with the laying of the foundations and ending with the establishment of a harmonized 
and integrated space thanks to a shared vision, a harmonized and more attractive business environment, an integrated physical space, stro nger human resources, and a single CEMAC market 
in partnership with its main target markets. 
4.33.  The first PER (2010-2015) will therefore constitute phase 1 of the PER and, by 2025, 
will have been followed by two other PERs: PER phase 2 (2016-2020) and PER phase 3 (2021-2025). The following chart illustrates these stages. 
Chart 4 The stages of emergence during the period up to 2025 
HARMONIZED AND 
INTEGRATED CEMAC
ECONOMIC SPACE
CEMAC 
EMERGENT 
ECONOMIC 
SPACEPER Phase 1
(2009-2015)PER Phases 2 and 3
(2016-2025)
Launch of
PER
(2009)
Laying the foundations for 
emergence
 
4.4  Components of the CEMAC PER Phase 1 (2010-2015) 
4.34.  The CEMAC PER Phase 1 (2010-2015) consists of a precise, complete and consistent set 
of programmes designed to support the advance of the CEMAC zone towards emergence. It can 
be broken down into five themes, 12 strategic objectives, 31 programmes and 88 action files. The programme as a whole is summarized below. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 30 - 
 
  Theme 1, shared vision: 3 strate gic objectives and 4 programmes 
4.35.  First and foremost, the CEMAC PER repres ents a new vision of regional development. 
This vision must be shared by all the actors (CEMAC citizens, Community institutions, development partners, international investors) in order to strengthen their commitment and mobilize all their 
resources to work towards the same goal. To achieve that goal, this theme sets out three strategic 
objectives and four programmes. 
4.36.  The first strategic objective is to ensure the widespread dissemination of vision CEMAC 2025 
and the PER, whether directly through presen tations and exchanges involving the regional 
and national actors and key international partners (programme 1) or indirectly through institutional communication (programme 2). 
4.37.  The second strategic objective aims to ensure the roll-out and appropriation of the PER 
at the level of each member State, by drawing up a country PER (programme 3). This country 
PER is indispensable to ensure the genuine im plementation of the PER, by establishing 
the necessary consistency between the CEMAC PER and the national development strategies. It will 
enable the member States and the Community  to share the same development agenda 
and to act in synergy and coordination. 
4.38.  The third strategic objective is to provid e for the effective management of the PER through 
an appropriate institutional implementation framework (programme 4), at both regional 
and national levels. Within this framework, a monitoring and follow-up/assessment system involving all the actors should be set up and strictly applied. 
Theme 2, governance and business environment: 3 strategic objectives 
and 10 programmes 
4.39.  One of the major challenges facing CEMAC is how to improve the governance 
of the Community institutions and establish a harmonized and more attractive business 
environment. Without such an environment, CEMAC cannot build a competitive economy 
and the sustainable emergence of the zone would be  inconceivable. The response to this challenge 
involves three strategic objectives and ten programmes. 
4.40.  The first strategic objective is to strength en good governance. CEMAC decisively began this 
project by initiating, in 2006, the CEMAC Programme of Institutional Reform (programme 5). These reforms must be implemented and the capacities of the Community's institutions, bodies and specialized institutions must be built up. Likewise, the government procurement system must 
be reformed (programme 6), in order to ensure the best possible management of the Community's 
resources. Finally, transparency in the management of raw materials must be improved (programme 7), in accordance with the international commitments of the CEMAC oil States. 
4.41.  The second strategic objective is to expand economic integration to arrive at a genuine 
common market. This will be achieved by st rengthening the regional statistical system 
(programme 8) and the multilateral surveill ance system (programme 9) and introducing 
tax reforms (programme 10). 
4.42.  The third strategic objective is to improve the business environment and promote 
investment. In laying the foundations for emergence the hardest battle will probably be fought in connection with the CEMAC business environment, currently relatively unattractive. There 
are four programmes designed to upgrade it. The reform and harmonization of the institutional 
and regulatory frameworks for financial services and the utility sectors (programme 11), on the one hand, and the establishment of a regional institutional and regulatory framework 
for investment and private/public partnership (PPP) (programme 12), on the other, will 
enable CEMAC to make up for the delays in building basic infrastructure (electricity, transport, telecommunications, water, etc.) by launching large- scale infrastructure projects financed by PPP. 
In this connection, a genuine strategy for the mobilization of financial resources, domestic 
and foreign (programme 13), should enable CEMAC to avoid the usual bottlenecks associated with project financing difficulties. Finally, the pr ogramme "Entrepreneurship in the CEMAC Zone" 
(programme 14) will aim to develop the spirit of enterprise, in an area in which the entrepreneurial 
culture is still too weakly implanted. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 31 - 
 
  Theme 3, physical integration and planning : 2 strategic objectives and 8 programmes 
4.43.  This third theme of the PER is intended to  enable CEMAC to accelerate the catchup process 
in the area of physical infrastructure, through two strategic objectives and eight programmes. 
4.44.  The first strategic objective is to make the transition from a compartmented 
to an integrated Community space. To achieve this, four programmes will be put in place. 
The regional electrical interconnection programme (programme 15) will interconnect the six CEMAC member States so as to guarantee an adequate supply in each State, but will also 
connect CEMAC with Nigeria as a market for any su rpluses. The purpose of the regional transport 
infrastructure development programme (programme 16) is gradually to install an integrated multimodal infrastructure, tied in with the big regional corridors and designed to promote the consistent and coordinated development of the CEMAC area (Table 7 and Chart 5). 
4.45.  The CEMAC digital programme (progra mme 17) will enable CEMAC, through the 
"Central Africa Backbone" project, to reduce the digital divide by linking all the CEMAC countries 
together by means of fibre-optic cable in a two-phase process (Cameroon, the CAR and Chad 
in the first phase, then Congo, Gabon and Equato rial Guinea in the second). Finally, a special 
landlocked countries programme (programme 18) will facilitate the meshing together of the entire CEMAC area, with specific infrastructure projects in the CAR and Chad in the transport, 
electricity, telecommunications and water sectors.  As a token of solidarity with the landlocked 
countries, 10% of the PER infrastructure budget will be devoted to this programme. 
4.46.  The second strategic objective is to protect the CEMAC environment and to manage 
and make efficient use of the forest and agricult ural areas, on the basis of four programmes. 
4.47.  The CEMAC geospatial information system programme (programme 19) is intended to 
equip CEMAC with modern tools for land-use and environmental management. It provides for the establishment of a supranational cartogra phic system, based on georeferencing standards 
common to all the players (member States and CEMA C). Thus, it will be possible, using the same 
sets of digital maps, to perform cross-analyses  in order better to preserve the environment, 
increase surveillance of the strategic areas and optimize physical planning. A regional unit 
of three or four experts will be set up with in the CEMAC Commission to design and implement 
this project. 
4.48.  The forest and agricultural land mana gement programme (programme 20) is intended 
to give the Congo Basin the means of playing a sustainable leading role in the absorption 
of greenhouse gases. It provides for capacity building in relation to the management of projects 
to be submitted to the Carbon Fund and the REDD mechanism, the generalization of forest management (biodiversity reserves, sustainable logging, including for small-scale permits), 
capacity building for people living on the fringe s of the forest, the development of non-ligneous 
forest product value-adding projects, the 10 0% valorization of CEMAC tropical timber, 
and the reafforestation and regeneration of the de graded agricultural lands of the savannah areas. 
4.49.  The regional housing development programme (programme 21) is aimed at supplementing 
physical planning through an appropriate mechan ism for supporting the development of regional 
housing, ranging from the development of local building material production chains to the production of the housing itself. 
4.50.  Finally, the programme for the development of regional competitiveness clusters 
(programme 22) will make it possible to define the procedures for establishing special economic zones and thus facilitate the emergence of the six regional competitiveness clusters identified. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 32 - 
 
  Table 7 
A Roads: improvement and asphalting 
1 Bossembele / Bossangoa / Bekay (CAR) / Mbaikoro (Chad) 
2 Ouesso / Bomassa (Congo) / Bayanga / Nola / Mbaiki (CAR) 
3 Sangmelima (Cameroon) / Souanke / Ouesso (Congo) 
4 Libreville / Medouneu (Gabon) / Akurenam / Evinayong (EG) 
5 Ngaoundéré / Garoua-Boulaï (Cameroon) / Bouar (CAR) 
6 Mouila / Ndende (Gabon) / Dolisie (Congo) 
7 Bata (EG) / Kribi / Douala (Cameroon) 
8 Maroua (Cameroon) / N'Djamena (Chad) 
B Railways 
9 Construction of the N'Djamena - Ngaoundéré line 
10 Improvement / rehabilitation of the Ngaoundéré - Edéa line 
11 Improvement / rehabilitation of th e Brazzaville - Pointe Noire line 
12 Construction of - Booué + Ntoum - Santa Clara 
13 Construction of the Mbalam - Bélinga line 
14 Construction of the Lomié - Mbalam line 
C Other transport integration projects 
15 Development of the Congo - Oubangui river network 
16 Kinshasa-Brazzaville road-rail bridge 
17 Dry port at Brazzaville 
18 Dry port at Bangui 
19 Cabotage company (containers) 
20 Maritime transport company (passengers and bulk goods) 
21 Air CEMAC 
22 Deep-water port of Kribi 
23 Deep-water port of Santa Clara 
24 Extension port of Pointe Noire 
25 Limbe shipyard and industrial site  
26 Preparation of a transport master plan for the CEMAC zone 2015-2025 
 
Chart 5 Priority physical infrastructure projects 
 
 
       Road network 
 
Rail network 
Maritime and river network Principal existing roads 
Roads: priority asphalting projects 
Kinshasa-Brazzaville road-rail bridge (design) 
Bangui-Zongo bridge (DRC) (design) 
Dry ports (planned) 
Capitals 
Existing railway lines  
Railway lines : rehabilitation projects 
Railway lines : priority construction projects 
Railway lines : other construction projects 
Ports planned 
Cabotage (design) 
River transport : development project - –
Brazzaville  Nyamena  
Pointe Noire 
(Extension)  Bangui 
Belinga Lomié Limbé 
(Shipyard)  
Mbinda MBalam 
Franceville  Ngaoundéré  
(Existing dry port) 
Booué Edea 
Kribi 
Santa Clara
 Railway lines : priority construction projects WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 33 - 
 
  Theme 4, human resources: 2 strategic objectives and 4 programmes 
4.51.  Strengthening its human resources is one of the big challenges facing CEMAC. Emergence 
is inconceivable if the sectors that are driving growth lack the necessary skilled workforce. Accordingly, preparations for the structural expansion of higher education and the strengthening 
of the Community's human resources in general should be begun immediately in order to obtain 
significant results within ten to twenty years. Th e purpose of this theme is to assist the CEMAC 
member States with these preparations through two strategic objectives and four programmes. 
4.52.  The upskilling of the human resources is  the first strategic objective and this will 
be achieved by means of two programmes. 
4.53.  The programme of support for the emergenc e of regional centres of excellence in higher 
education (programme 23) is intended to promote the development within CEMAC of financially 
sound higher education institutions which meet international quality standards, particularly 
in the area of management and in the areas corresponding to the designated main pillars of growth, namely: 
 The Industrial Petroleum Product Refining hub; 
 The LNG and Petrochemicals hub; 
 The Aluminium and Bauxite hub; 
 The Savannahs Agro-industrial hub and; 
 The Inland Fishery Products hub. 
4.54.  Within this framework a support system w ill be set up to promote the potential centres 
of excellence identified, on the basi s of the best international practice. 
4.55.  The Programme for the development of vocational training and apprenticeships 
(programme 24) is intended to provide the memb er States with the middle managers and skilled 
workers required to develop such sectors as BPW, electricity, telecommunications, petroleum, gas, 
agriculture, the agrifood industries and indust rial subcontracting. Within this framework, 
CEMAC will implement a regional policy targeted  at vocational training and the development 
of apprenticeships, in support of the national policies. 
4.56.  The second strategic objective is to st rengthen the regional health system by means 
of two programmes. 
4.57.  The regional programme to combat the major endemic diseases (AIDS, malaria, 
Ebola fever, tuberculosis, etc.) (programme 25) will enable CEMAC to strengthen coordination 
between the member States and optimize the impact of the measures taken to combat the major 
endemic diseases. Within this framework, in 2010, the CEMAC specialized institution responsible for combating the major endemic diseases, OCEAC,  based in Yaoundé, was made a CEMAC Agency 
(under the ongoing Programme of Institutional Reform). This will make it possible to improve 
its operational synergy with the CEMAC Commission, while maintaining its operational flexibility. 
4.58.  A regional high-level specialized care network (programme 26) will be established 
by identifying benchmark health structures and helping to strengthen them through various 
forms of support (Community support, ad hoc subsidies, facilitation of international technical partnerships, etc.). 
Theme 5, common market and access to ex port markets: 2 strategic objectives 
and 4 programmes 
4.59.  Theme 5 of the PER should make it possible to give material expression to CEMAC's 
ambition to become the driving force behind a regional market of 260 million people 
(including ECCAS and Nigeria) and a competitive platform for exports to Europe 
and the Middle East. This will be achieved  by means of two strategic objectives 
and four programmes. 
4.60.  The first strategic objective is to speed up the implementation of the common market, 
through three programmes. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 34 - 
 
  4.61.  The programme for the liberalization and growth of intra-Community trade 
and the strengthening of competition (programme 27) is designed to make the CEMAC market an open and competitive economic area. This will mean reforming the Community texts relating to trade, revising, where necessary, certain common trade policy instruments with account 
for the challenges facing the member States in accordance with their national development plans, 
revising and applying the texts on the rules of origin, providing temporary compensation for the loss of revenue associated with the libe ralization of regional trade and, finally, 
updating and applying the regional regulation s on competition. The CEMAC Commission will 
assume the powers of initiative and the role of Community arbitrator conferred on it by this new 
legislation. Thus, studies are being carried out at regional level on the impact of a possible reduction of the Common External Tariff, the conditions of establishment of free circulation 
and a mechanism to compensate for the co nsequent loss of revenue, respectively. 
The same applies to the proposals for closer harmonization and monitoring of the procedures used by the member States to grant derogations from the common customs and internal 
tax instruments. 
4.62.  The programme for the facilitation of transport and transit operations (programme 28) 
aims to remove  the constraints on the development of in tra-Community trade, by establishing 
juxtaposed border checkpoints and interconnecting customs administrations, as a continuation 
of and supplement to the current Central African Transit Facilitation and Security Programme (FASTRAC). The objective of the project is to interconnect the customs systems at three levels: interconnection between the customs offices along the transit corridors; between 
the customs services of the member States; and between the CEMAC Commission, the customs 
services of the member States, and the Inter-St ate Customs Academy (EIED). Transit routes along 
the Cameroon-Central Africa and Cameroon-Chad co rridors have been chosen for the pilot phase 
of the project. 
4.63.  The programme concerning free movement for persons and the right of establishment 
(programme 29) is intended to make free move ment for persons, goods and capital effective 
by introducing the Community biometric passport. In order to ensure integrated freedom 
of movement within CEMAC, it is planned to apply free movement for persons in Gabon 
and Equatorial Guinea progressively as follows: 
 the application of the legal instruments on free movement already adopted and 
introduced; 
 effective free movement for the categories of persons indicated in 
Decision No. 02/08-UEAC-CM-17 of 20 June 2008 in conformity with the provisions 
of the UEAC Convention; 
 the creation and establishment of a Monito ring and Evaluation Committee responsible 
for overseeing the enforcement of the Community decisions on free movement 
and proposing all the measures deemed necessary; 
 the creation of centres for police, customs and environmental cooperation between 
the CEMAC States; 
 the creation of a CEMAC data collection centre to facilitate judicial investigations 
at Community border level throughout the CEMAC area; 
 the extension of the I-24/7 network to all the CEMAC member States at INTERPOL 
national central bureau (NCB) level; 
 the connection of all the CEMAC member States through the installation at the border 
posts of FIND and MIND integrated soluti ons, thus enabling access to the INTERPOL 
stolen and lost travel document database; 
 the strengthening of the activities of the Central African Police Chiefs 
Committee (CCPAC) through the organization of a meeting of air and border police 
commissioners to assess the difficulties of implementing free movement in the subregion; 
 the activation of the Central African Criminal Investigation Training Centre within 
the framework of the Central African Police Chiefs Committee; 
 the creation and setting up in each member State of a wanted persons and missing 
objects database and a database on the vari ous types of identity and travel documents 
(civil status certificates, national identity cards and passports) and the activation of biometrics throughout the CEMAC area; 
 the formulation and implementation of the common emigration/immigration policy; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 35 - 
 
   the consolidation of the Community's external borders with third countries, in particular 
by strengthening the border control procedures; 
 the introduction and issuing to third-country nationals of a CEMAC area entry visa, 
or CEMAC visa; 
 the amendment of Regulation No. 1/00-CEMAC-042-CM-04 concerning the introduction 
and conditions of granting of the CEMAC Passport, to incorporate new provisions 
governing the issuing of this Community travel document before it is put into circulation. 
4.64.  Moreover. the freedom of establishment shou ld be progressively reinforced through regional 
coordination and agreements between the variou s professional bodies, in particular those 
representing architects, doctors and pharmacists, under the aegis of the CEMAC Commission. 
4.65.  Strategic objective 12 aims to improve the competitiveness of CEMAC enterprises 
and facilitate their access to export markets, through two programmes. 
4.66.  The programme to promote export sector competitiveness (programme 30) aims to bring 
the CEMAC economic fabric up to the standards of the international competition in the major 
export subsectors. These include, in particular, electricity, timber, hydrocarbons, metallurgy, 
cattle/meat, plantation agriculture, intensive livest ock breeding and food crops. Each subsector will 
receive support aimed at capacity building or at  improving the structure of its value chain. 
4.67.  Finally, the programme for strengthening regional and international cooperation 
and partnerships (programme 31) is aimed at adapting the economic and trade diplomacy of CEMAC and the member States to the requiremen ts of the new vision of an emergent CEMAC. 
Within this framework, the Economic Partnership Agreements (EPA) in course of being negotiated 
with the European Union will have to contribute to the accelerated deployment of the PER. 
Likewise, stronger partnerships will have to be established with countries or regions capable of playing a strategic role in the implementation of the PER (ECCAS, Nigeria, 
China, India, Brazil, etc.). 
4.5  Implementation strategy 4.5.1  The PER financing strategy 
4.68.  Between now and 2025 the PER will require about CFAF 20,000 billion of financial resources 
(provisional estimate), including 56% of private resources, 37% of concessional resources and 6% of trust resources. The actual implemen tation of the PER would thus make it possible 
to boost private investment and develop foreign direct investment (FDI) in the CEMAC zone. 
However, pump priming using public resources appears inevitable in order to attract private 
investment. The trust resources themselves will account for 39% of the resources required in the first year before progressively declining to 4% in 2015. 
4.69.  Where will these startup resources come from? At this stage two recommendations 
are being considered: 
 To dedicate all of the TCI revenue to the PER trust resources and use this mechanism 
to finance at least 10% of the trust resources required. In this case, there would 
be an immediate need to correct the distortions linked with the TCI and collect the TCI in full. Moreover, the CEMAC Commission will  have to undertake a study to identify 
sources of financing to replace a TCI destined to dry up in an international context 
of tariff dismantling. 
 To set up a regional investment fund, th e CEMAC Emergence Fund, financed by a levy 
on oil income. The resources of this Fund would be entrusted to specialized fund 
managers, with three sectoral windows: (i) an energy window; (ii) an infrastructure 
window (excluding electricity); and (iii) a general window (mining and metallurgy, BPW, agriculture, timber, etc.). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 36 - 
 
  4.5.2  The institutional framew ork for implementing the PER 
4.70.  The PER is a clear and consistent plan, resulting from a long-term vision and a detailed 
process of breakdown into programmes and projects. Thus, CEMAC has won the first battle, that of good planning. It still has to win the more problematic second battle, 
that of implementation. 
4.71.  The effective implementation of the PER requ ires the creation of an appropriate institutional 
framework, responsible for the management and follow-up/evaluation of the programme, 
with the participation of all the stakeholders  involved, whether they be member States, 
Community bodies and institutions, private sector operators or development partners. The management system will be built around three key components: a management committee, a regional expert committee and the national un its of the PER. A PER Implementation Support 
Unit, with technical backup, will assist the Management Committee so as to provide, 
on a day-to-day basis, all the systems and tools required for the effective monitoring and dynamic 
leadership of the programme. Development partne rs and technical advisers could be consulted, 
where necessary. 
4.72.  The effectiveness of this PER management  and implementation system will also depend 
on its capacity to provide dynamic leadership for the whole of the Programme, with the rapid 
dissemination of information, continuous coordination with all the key players and a high degree 
of mobility and flexibility to meet the requirem ents of the regional and international partners. 
In this connection, the quality of the technological environment (electricity, high-speed telecommunications, etc.) and the geographical acce ssibility of the Commission for all the regional 
and international partners (international airport, regional hub, hotel infrastructure, etc.) 
will be critical. This prerequisite for the success of the PER makes it indispensable for the CEMAC Commission to open a representative office in Douala to house the system needed to implement 
the PER (offices and meeting rooms for the various institutions and accommodation for the 
PER Implementation Monitoring Unit and the new implementing services and structures). 
4.5.3  The timetable for the implem entation of phase 1 of the PER 
4.73.  At this stage, the capacity of the CEMAC Commission, the driving force behind 
the implementation of the PER, is still limited an d will evolve with its ongoing capacity-building 
programme. On this basis and taking into acco unt the progressive deployment of the PER, 
four phases have been identified for the period up to 2015: a start-up phase (three months), 
a take-off phase (2010-2011), an altitude-reaching phase (2012-2013), and cruising 
speed (2014-2015).   
  WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC  
 
- 37 -  
TABLE OF ANNEXES 
Annex 1 Components and timetable for the implementation of phase 1 of the PER 
Themes  Strategic objectives Programmes Implementation timetable 
 2009  2010  2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 
THEME 1 
Shared vision SO1 
Ensure the widespread dissemination of  Vision CEMAC 
2025 and the PER  P1 – Dissemination and sharing of the CEMAC PER 
       
P2 – CEMAC PER institutional communication programme        
SO2 
Ensure the roll-out and appropriation of the CEMAC PER at the level of each member State  
P3 – Development of a CEMAC country PER for each member State  
      
SO3 
Ensure the effective implementation and 
management of the PER  
P4 – Establishment of the in stitutional framework for the 
implementation and management of the PER        
THEME 2 Good governance and business environment  
SO4 Strengthen good governance  P5 – Implementation of institutional reforms 
and Community institution capacity building 
       
P6 – Reform of gove rnment procurement        
P7 – Greater transparency in the management 
of raw materials        
 SO5 Expand economic integration P8 – Strengthening of the regional statistical system   
      
P9 – Strengthening of the multilateral surveillance 
system        
P10 – Reform of the tax system         
 
 SO6 Improve the business environment and promote 
investment P11 – Reform and harmonization of the institutional 
and regulatory frameworks of the financial services and public utility (electricity, transport, telecommunications) sectors  
      
P12 – Establishment of a regional institutional 
and regulatory framework for investment and public/private partnership  
      
P13 – Mobilization of domestic and foreign resources 
for the implementation of the PER        
P14 – “Entrepreneurship in the CEMAC Zone” 
programme          
  WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC  
 
- 38 - Themes  Strategic objectives Programmes Implementation timetable 
 2009  2010  2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 
THEME 3 
Physical 
integration and 
planning  SO7 
Build an integrated CEMAC 
space P15 – Regional electrical interconnection development 
programme    
     
P16 – Regional transport infrastructure development 
programme        
P17 – CEMAC digital programme         
P18 – Special landlocked country infrastructure 
programme         
SO8 
To protect the CEMAC environment, manage and 
make efficient use of forest 
and agricultural land  P19 – CEMAC geospatial inform ation system programme        
P20 – Forest and agricultural land management 
programme         
P21 –Regional housing development programme        
P22 – Programme for the development of regional 
competitiveness clusters        
THEME 4 
Human resources SO9 
Develop human resources   P23 – Support for the emerge nce of regional centres 
of excellence in higher education   
     
P24 - Development of vocational training 
and apprenticeships        
SO10 
Reinforce the health systems P25 – Regional programme to combat the major 
endemic diseases (AIDS, malaria, etc.)        
P26 – Regional high-level specialized care network        
THEME 5 
Common market and access to export markets  
SO11 Speed up the implementation of the common market P27 – Liberalization of intra-Community trade 
and strengthening of competition    
     
P28 – Facilitation of transport and transit operations        
P29 – Free movement for persons and right 
of establishment        
SO12 
Promote competitive  production and facilitate access to export markets P30 – Promotion of export competitiveness   
      
P31 – Strengthening of re gional and international 
cooperation and partnerships        
Orange: Preparatory phase. 
 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 39 - 
  
  Annex 2 Theme 1 PER: Shared vision - 3 SO and 4 programmes 
THEME 1 
Shared vision   P1 - Dissemination and sharing of the CEMAC PER 
SO1 
To ensure the widespread 
dissemination of the vision 
CEMAC 2025 and the PER Dissemination and exchange among the Community institutions 
Dissemination and exchange in each member State 
Dissemination and exchange among partners (bilateral, multilateral, international private sector, foundations, etc.) 
P2 – CEMAC institutional communication programme 
Development of a PER institutional communication strategy 
Implementation of the communication strategy 
SO2 
To ensure the breakdown 
and  
appropriation of the CEMAC 
PER at the level of each 
member State  P3 - Development of a CEMAC country PER for each member State 
Development of the CEMAC national PER 
National validation seminar 
Updating of the region al CEMAC PER document 
(programmes) 
SO3 
To ensure the effective 
implementation and 
management of the PER P4 - Establishment of the institutional framework for 
the implementation and management of the PER  
Signature of the decree establishing the institutional framework for the implem entation of the PER 
Establishment of the institutional framework (regional 
and country levels) 
Annex 3 Theme 2 PER: Good governan ce and business environment - 3 SO 
and 10 programmes 
THEME 2 
Good 
governance and 
business 
environment  SO4 
To consolidate good 
governance  P5 - Implementation of institutional reforms and 
Community institution capacity building 
Securing of the TCI 
Rationalization of the specialized institutions 
Capacity building for the CEMAC Commission 
Improvement of the governance of the Community 
bodies and institutions (BEA C, BDEAC, COBAC, Court of 
Justice, Parliament) 
P6 - Reform of government procurement 
Establishment of the framework for implementing the reform of government procurement 
Implementation of the reform of government 
procurement 
P7 - Greater transparency in the management of raw materials 
Regional policy for the monitoring and evaluation of the Extractive Industries Transp arency Initiative (ITIE) 
Strengthening of the regu latory framework and the 
transparency of transactions in the raw materials sector in Central Africa (REMAP-CEMAC) 
SO5 
To expand economic 
integration P8 - Programme to strengthen the regional 
statistical system 
Development of a programme to strengthen the regional 
statistical system 
Study on the future financing of the Community and implementation 
Project implementation under the programme to strengthen the regional statistical system 
P9 – Strengthening of the  multilateral surveillance system 
Harmonization of the legislative and regulatory frameworks for the public finances  
Building the human and material capacities 
of the national multilateral surveillance units 
  Organization of regional me etings of the delegates of the 
States and Community institutions 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 40 - 
  
   
  P10 – Reform of the tax system  
Development of the taxation harmonization programme  
Implementation of the taxation harmonization 
programme   
SO6 
To improve the business 
environment and promote 
investment P11 - Reform and harmonization of the institutional 
and regulatory frameworks for financial services and the public utility (electricity, transport, telecommunications) sectors 
Reform and regional harmonization of the institutional and regulatory frameworks for financial services 
Reform and regional harmonization of the institutional and regulatory frameworks for the electricity sector 
Reform and regional harmonization of the institutional and regulatory frameworks for the transport sector 
Reform and regional harmonization of the institutional and regulatory frameworks fo r the telecommunications 
sector  
P12 - Establishment of a regional institutional and regulatory framework for investment and public/private partnership 
Establishment of a model regi onal legal and regulatory 
framework for PPP 
Harmonization of the various sectoral codes (mining, gas, petroleum)  
Establishment of a regional agency to promote investment and infrastructure 
P13 - Mobilization of domestic and foreign resources  for the implementation of the PER 
 Setting up of the CEMAC Emergence Fund and 
rationalization of the existing funds 
Donors’ Round Table for financing the PER  
P14- “Entrepreneurship in the CEMAC Zone” programme  
Development of the programme “Entrepreneurship in the CEMAC Zone”  
Implementation of the programme “Entrepreneurship in the CEMAC Zone”  
Annex 4 Theme 3: Physical integration and planning - 2 SO and 8 programmes 
THEME 3 
Physical 
integration and 
planning  SO7 
To build an integrated space in 
the CEMAC area  P15 - Regional electrical interconnections 
development programme 
Interconnection North Cameroon-Chad-CAR-Nigeria  
Interconnection Brazzaville-Calabar  
P16 - Regional transport infrastructure development programme 
Roads  
Railways  
P17 - CEMAC digital programme 
Cable project phase 1  
Cable project phase 2  
P18 – Special landlocked countries  infrastructure programme  
Identification / validation / project organization  
Implementation  
SO8 
To protect the CEMAC 
environment, manage and 
make efficient use of forest and 
agricultural land P19 – CEMAC geospatial information system 
programme  
Establishment of a regional unit responsible for the cartography project 
Development and implementation of the cartography project and setting up of the SIG 
P20 - Forest and agricultural land management programme   
Capacity building for the management of the 
projects to be submitted to the Carbon Fund and the REDD mechanism 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 41 - 
  
    Generalization of forest  management (biodiversity 
reserves, sustainable logging for both large and small-scale permits) 
Management of agricultural land (fragmentation, rural survey, rural in frastructure, etc.) 
Capacity building for people living on the fringes 
of the forest, the develo pment of non-ligneous 
forest product value-adding projects 
Reafforestation and regene ration of the degraded 
agricultural land of the savannah areas 
P21 – Regional housing development programme  
Capacity building in the housing field  
Establishment of a regional support mechanism for financing housing 
Establishment of a PPP consultation and promotion framework for housing development 
Promotion and development of social housing and reconstruction of makeshift housing 
P22 – Regional competitiveness cluster development programme 
Choice of regional competitiveness clusters  
Definition of the institutional and regulatory framework of the Special Economic Zones 
and technology centres 
Feasibility and impact study and establishment 
of regional competitiveness clusters 
Annex 5 Theme 4: Human resources - 2 SO and 4 programmes 
THEME 4 
Human 
resources   
SO9 
To develop human resources  P23 - Support for the emergence of regional 
centres of excellence in higher education 
Formulation of a regional CEMAC centres of excellence policy 
Implementation of the regional CEMAC centres 
of excellence policy 
P24 – Development of vocational training and apprenticeships 
Formulation of a regional policy on the development of vocational training  and apprenticeships 
Implementation of the regional policy on the 
development of vocational training and apprenticeships  
SO10 
To strengthen the health 
systems  P25 – Regional programme to combat the major 
endemic diseases (AIDS, malaria, etc.)    
Harmonization of the systems for preventing 
and combating the major endemic diseases 
Regional IEC campaigns: strategy formulation and implementation 
Provision of resources for generalizing care: stocks of vaccines, drugs, screening tests, etc. 
Capacity building for heal th workers within the 
framework of the campaign against the major endemic diseases 
P26 - Regional high-lev el specialized care 
network  
Feasibility study for the establishment of a regional high-level specialized care network 
Formulation of the operating strategy of the regional high-level specialized care network (management methods, coordination and follow-up mechanisms, promotion) 
 Implementation of the intervention strategy 
of the regional high-level specialized care network WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 42 - 
  
  Annex 6 Theme 5: Common market and access to export markets - 2 SO 
and 5 programmes 
THEME 5 
Common market 
and access to 
export markets 
 SO11 
To speed up the 
implementation of the 
common market  P27 - Liberalization of intra-Community trade 
and strengthening of competition 
Organization of missions to monitor and verify the application of the Communit y texts on trade reform 
Revision of the rules of origin  
Temporary compensation for loss of revenue  
Regional competition regulations  
P28 - Facilitation of transport and transit 
operations  
Construction of juxt aposed checkpoints  
Interconnection of customs administrations  
P29 – Free movement for persons and right 
of establishment  
Introduction of the CEMAC passport and biometric data 
Common policy on emigration and immigration  
Strengthening of freedom of establishment for professionals (doctors, accountants, etc.) 
SO12 
To promote competitive 
production and facilitate 
access to export markets P30 – Promotion of export competitiveness 
Electricity generation and energy efficiency  
Wood subsectors  
Cattle/meat subsectors (a gro-pastoral development 
programme) 
Intensive livestock breed ing and food product 
subsectors (cereals, root crops, poultry, aquaculture, etc.) 
Plantation agriculture subsectors (coffee, cocoa, oil palm, hevea, fruit fa rming, suga r, etc.) 
Hydrocarbon subsectors (oil refining, LNG, LPG, 
petrochemicals, fertilizers) 
Metallurgical subsectors and BPW products (aluminium, ferro-alloys an d manganese, building 
materials) 
P31 – Strengthening of regional and  international cooperation and partnerships 
Setting up of a regional framework for the evaluation, monitoring and negotiation of cooperation and partnership agreements 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 43 - 
  
  REPORT BY CAMEROON 
1  INTRODUCTION 1.1.  Since 2007, the year when Cameroon’s trade policy was last reviewed 
by the World Trade Organization, the Government has taken a broader and more global approach 
to its development policies, in order to strengthen and sustain the incipient economic recovery.  
2  RECENT TRENDS IN THE CAMEROONIAN ECONOMY 2.1.  The growth rates of Cameroon’s economy are increasing but still below the target set 
by the Government (5.5%). 
2.2.  Cameroon’s main trading partners are: Fran ce, Netherlands, Nigeria, Italy, Spain, Belgium, 
China, Germany, United Kingdom, and United States. 
2.3.  The structure of Cameroon’s trade has not changed much since the last Trade Policy Review. 
The main exports are: petroleum, wood, coco a, bananas, cotton, rubber, and coffee.  
2.4.  These traditional products are generally exported in the raw state, without much value 
added. Petroleum exports exert a significant infl uence on the balance of trade, which is still 
structurally in deficit. 
2.5.  Thus, the economy continues to have supply-side deficiencies, which tend to worsen 
from year to year. 
2.6.  Cameroon continues to import manufactured products, petroleum oils and substantial 
quantities of cereals.  
2.7.  Local industry is still characterized by high production costs, which make the products 
relatively uncompetitive. There is therefore a real need to build capacity and upgrade 
the production system. 
3  DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES 3.1.  In 2009, the authorities adopted a Shared Vision of Development for the period up to 2035 
and a Growth and Employment Strategy Paper (DSCE) . The DSCE is the action plan for the Vision 
for the period 2010-2020. 
3.1  Vision objectives  
3.2.  The Vision adopted is expressed as foll ows: “Cameroon: an emerging, democratic country 
united in its diversity”.  
3.3.   The will to become an emerging, democr atic country united in its diversity embraces 
four general objectives, namely: 
 to reduce poverty to a socially acceptable level; 
 to become a middle-income country;  
 to reach the Newly Industrialized Country (NIC) stage;  
 to strengthen national unity and consolidate the democratic process.  
3.2  Objectives of the growth and employment strategy  3.4.  The DSCE is focused on the acceleration  of growth, formal job creation and poverty 
reduction. It therefore aims to: 
- to raise growth to an annual average of 5.5% over the period 2010-2020; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 44 - 
  
  - to reduce underemployment from 75.8% to below 50% by 2020 with the creation 
of tens of thousands of formal jobs a year over the next ten years;  
- to reduce the monetary poverty rate from 39.9% in 2007 to 28.7% in 2020.  
3.3  Key considerations for the implementation of the DSCE  
3.5.  To achieve the above objectives, the Government is implementing, in a consistent and 
integrated fashion: (i) a growth strategy, (ii)  an employment strategy, and (iii) a strategy 
to improve governance and the strategic management of the State.  
3.6.  Certain basic elements may be regarded as central and essential to the implementation 
of the DSCE:  
 gradually to raise the share of public investment in total State expenditure 
from 20 to 30% (by 2020); 
 to allocate massive resources to the major projects in order to end the generalized 
shotgun approach to public investment; 
 considerably to lighten the procedures for awarding contracts;  
 to expand economic policy options, in particular by taking advantage 
of all the opportunities for using monetary policy.  
4  GROWTH STRATEGY  
4.1  Infrastructure development  
4.1.  Convinced of the importance of the role of high-quality infrastructure in trade facilitation 
and the promotion of strong and sustainable growth through the competitiveness that it generates, t h e  G o v e r n m e n t  o f  C a m e r o o n  w i l l  b e  i n v e s t i n g  m a s s i v e l y  i n  i n f r a s t r u c t u r e  d u r i n g  t h e  p e r i o d  
of implementation of the strategy.  
4.2.  Energy.  By carrying out programmes to maintain, rehabilitate and develop the country’s 
energy capacity, Cameroon expects progressively to reduce the structural deficit in energy 
requirements to achieve the anticipated growth ob jectives, become an exporter of electricity and 
thus help to bring the trade balance into equilibrium. This will mean raising the country’s production capacity to 3,000 MW by 2020. 
4.3.  The development programme for the energy subsector includes projects for achieving 
the specific objectives set out above. In particular, it is worth mentioning the ongoing construction of the Lom Pangar, Memve'ele and Mekin dams, the Yassa thermal power station and the Kribi gas-fired power station.  
4.4.   The construction of the Nachtigal, Song Mbengue, Warak, Colomines and Ndockayo power 
stations and the development of several sites with energy export potential are also planned. The overall cost of this ten-year programme is estimated at nearly CFAF 5,853 billion 
for the electricity generation and grid transport works and CFAF 663 billion for the rural 
electrification programme.  
4.5.  Building and public works.  In the road subsector, the Government’s medium 
and long-term policies over the period covered by the strategy are consistent with the ambitious 
scenario of the Highway Master Plan and the sect oral strategy. Over the term of the strategy, 
road maintenance operations will bring about a distinct improvement in the standard of service (55% of the network in good condition), than ks to the implementation of an effective 
intervention strategy. These measures will be supplemented by the rehabilitation of the road 
network (2,000 km of asphalted roads to be rehabilitated between 2010 and 2020) and by 
the intensified asphalting of dirt roads (mor e than 3,500 km by 2020). Priority will be 
given to large-scale industrial and agro-pastoral projects, the regional corridors (trans-African, 
north-south corridors, CEMAC network), the main road network, and large-scale infrastructure projects in support of the private sector (second bridge on the Wouri, 
the Yaoundé-Douala-Bafoussam-Yaoundé motorway l oop, access east and west of Douala). This 
strategy will have to be backed by major institutional reforms. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 45 - 
  
  4.6.   Thus, special emphasis is being placed on: 
 strengthening the highway contracting authority and making it accountable;  
 strengthening planning and programming by drawing up and implementing 
an intervention strategy that gives observing standards precedence over 
a shotgun approach; 
 enlarging the pool of earthmoving equipment; 
 organizing the private sector to provide a web of efficient companies and design offices;  
 research into materials and methods capable of extending the life of the works, 
particularly in road maintenance; 
 recourse, as far as possible, to highly labour-intensive (HLI) techniques to reduce costs 
and promote employment.  
4.7.  Transport.  The transport system will have to be based on the country’s undeniable assets 
in order to contribute effectively to economic growth and poverty reduction. A multimodal approach will systematically be given precedence, in order to build, at lower cost, an integrated 
and efficient transport network criss-crossing the entire national territory and firmly open to the 
neighbouring countries. The Government will stress the development of new port and rail infrastructure to support the priority projects th at promise to bring growth. This mainly concerns 
the following projects in course of construction: 
 the deepwater port at Kribi;  
 the deepwater port of Limbe;  
 the Limbe petroleum yard. 
4.8.  To this should be added the development of new railway lines (more than 1,000 km) built to 
international standards.  
4.9.  Information and communication technologies.  The strategic ICT objectives for the 
period up to 2020 will be, in particular:  
 to raise fixed teledensity to 45% and mobile teledensity to 65%;  
 to equip 40,000 villages with modern telecommunications facilities;  
 to make 2 Mb/s access available to the public in all the towns with a digital exchange; 
 to multiply by 50 the number of direct and indirect jobs.  
4.10.  Mail and postal financial services.  I n  t h i s  a r e a ,  t h e  s t r a t e g y  w i l l  m a k e  i t  p o s s i b l e  
to organize the public and private supply of postal services and, by 2020, to make it 
significant enough to fully satisfy the demand, in quantity and quality, at affordable prices. 
Thus, two programmes need to be carried out:  
 to densify the network and improve national postal coverage with a view to providing 
geographically balanced postal services; 
 to develop the universal postal service in order to promote access to postal 
services for all.  
4.11.  Urban development and housing infrastructure. Here the challenge is to create 
an integrated national economic space. It is a qu estion not only of controlling the development of 
the towns and cities (urbanization rate of 57.3% in 2020) and making them into the centres of production and consumption necessary for the industrial sector to flourish, but also of promoting the emergence of the peripheral built-up ar eas and the development of medium-sized 
or secondary cities capable of structuring econom ic activities within the urban space and helping 
to develop the surrounding rural areas.  
4.12.  To achieve these objectives, six strategies have been identified: 
 the maintenance and rehabilitation of the urban infrastructure; 
 the development of the urban infrastructure (construction of 150 km of roads 
and 17,000 social housing units); 
 improved access to basic urban services; 
 land use management; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 46 - 
  
   protection of vulnerable social groups; 
 institutional capacity building for the sector. 
4.13.  Water and sanitation. In the rural areas access to drinking water and basic sanitation 
infrastructure is still limited. The Government therefore intends to improve the situation and raise 
the level of access to drinking water to 75% by 2020 by:  
 rehabilitating the existing infrastructure, for the most part more than 20 years old;  
 extending the existing networks which have failed to keep pace with urban 
and demographic expansion; and 
 promoting the implementation of large-scale connection programmes. 
4.14.   The main objectives of supply policy are:   better planning of the works by responding to the demand, increasing the coverage 
of the services and avoiding inconsistencies;  
 making investment go further by improving maintenance, guaranteeing financing 
and providing renewal financing; 
 less dependence on the State in order to base the development of the sector on all the 
resources available.  
4.15.  In the cities, the Government’s preferred option, as stated in particular in the letter 
on urban water engineering policy of April 2007, is public-private partnership and the creation 
of two entities responsible for infrastructure and distribution, respectively. 
4.16.  Management of State lands. Within the context of  Cameroon’s emergence, 
the authorities intend to develop a national strategy for the management of the nation’s property 
assets, specifically those administered or managed by the State. The DSCE aims to eliminate 
the hindrances to the rational management of these assets by defining the following global objectives:  
 remove the constraints on land to facilitate infrastructure development and improve the 
business climate;  
 rationalize the allocation of land resources and improve the governance of State assets;  
 build the capacity of the administrations in charge of State lands, property matters 
and State assets; and  
 facilitate regional integration and support the implementation of decentralization. 
4.2  Modernization of the production system 
4.17.  Rural sector.  Following the adoption of the rural sector development strategy in 2005 
and its subsequent implementation, the Government intends to make the transition to second-generation agriculture. This involves a vast programme designed to increase agricultural 
production in order to satisfy not only the food requirements of the people but also those of the 
agro-industries. It is therefore proceeding wi th the modernization of the production system. 
This means: 
 making the factors of production accessible and available, in this instance land, 
water and agricultural inputs; 
 promoting access to technological innovations mainly by strengthening the link between 
research and extension;  
 developing the competitiveness of the production chains.  
4.18.  The Government expects to stress the development of large-scale farming in the various 
regions of the country in accordance with their specific agro-ecological characteristics in order to 
achieve economies of scale and substantially in crease production. These measures will be WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 47 - 
  
  accompanied by a major effort to open up access to the production areas to enable small farms 
and plantations to flourish.  
4.19.  Mining.  The choice of objectives in this sector is intended to promote and encourage 
exploration, exploitation and the local processing of at least 15% of the mining resources needed 
by the country for its economic and social development. In order to make efficient use of the 
existing potential, the authorities intend, in particular, to set up a national mining company responsible for arranging joint ventures with priv ate partners, improving the geological and mining 
information available to domestic and foreign private investors and developing programmes 
for training nationals in mining industry trades. 
4.20.  Industry and technological development.  Cameroon intends to make its manufacturing 
sector more competitive by:  
 expanding the local processing of agricultural and forest raw materials; 
 developing and implementing a business upgrade programme; 
 developing and implementing a national standardization programme, 
with the construction of support infrastructure such as a National Reference Laboratory, 
in order to ensure that products have access to the international market; and 
 applying the new and more ambitious Incentives Code, to attract foreign direct 
investment in Cameroon.  
4.21.  Craft industry and the social economy.  The Government’s objective is to improve 
the performance and the profitability of the social economy. This involves: (i) creating a political, institutional, legal and regulatory environment that favours the development of collective 
entrepreneurship in Cameroon, (ii) developing human resources capable of driving the growth 
of this component, and (iii) promoting collective,  group entrepreneurship, as one of the reliable 
strategies for the creation and expansion of viab le social economy organizations and enterprises 
that make it possible effectively to combat poverty while promoting economic growth. 
Moreover, the Government is determined to make the craft industry more attractive by supporting the organization and structuring of the sector , building the capacities of the craft workers 
strengthening the craft enterprise within its ec onomic environment, and improving the marketing 
system. The recent creation of the SME bank is part of this process. 
4.22.  Industry and services.  The Government is proceeding with the reforms required to make 
the environment of these sectors more attractive  and then put in place an operational system 
of incentives and support for private investment, so that it can effectively play its role as a driver 
of economic growth. This involves, in particular, closing the infrastructure gap, facilitating access to financing, and deploying – over the long term – a general production chain development 
programme and – over the medium term – in liaison with some of the development 
partners specific programmes to boost competitiveness in certain subsectors with a high potential for growing and upgrading businesses, in particular SMEs and SMIs. The creation 
of the SME Promotion Agency in April 2013 is part of this plan.  
4.23.  More specifically with regard to tourism, Cameroon’s objective in this subsector is 
to develop integrated tourism products in order to be able to welcome, by 2020, at least two million international tourists a year and six million domestic tourists. 
Moreover, in cooperation with the private sector and the municipalities, to which certain powers 
have been transferred under decentralization, the authorities are endeavouring to offer domestic and international visitors a diversified, secure and high-quality range of tourism opportunities in 
order to promote Cameroon as a destination in the various areas from which tourists are known 
to come. It will also be necessary to improve the legal framework by adapting it to the current context of competitiveness. 
4.24.  With regard to the development of tourism and leisure facilities, special emphasis is being 
placed on: (i) the continued development of tourist sites; (ii) the continued construction of hotels and tourist centres; (iii) the construction of ho liday villages, museographic villages, theme parks WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 48 - 
  
  and leisure parks; (iv) support for the design of integrated tourism products by private operators; 
and (v) tourism and leisure enterprise approval, grading and re-grading operations. 
4.25.  The promotion of tourism and leisure acti vities will be based on: (i) the creation of 
a National Tourism Office; (ii) participation in fairs and shows; (iii) the organization of tourism fairs 
in Cameroon; and (iv) the codification of Cameroonian cuisine. 
4.26.  The main activities to strengthen the in stitutional framework of the tourism and leisure 
sector relate specifically to: (i) the establishment of a tourism satellite account; (ii) the finalization 
of the revision of the tourism and leisure deve lopment strategy; (iii) the creation of a hotel 
and restaurant trade training centre; and (iv) support for the creation of pilot offices at commune level. 
4.3  Human development 
4.27.  The social sector development strategies will not only make it possible to raise the standard 
of living but will also provide a reliable reserve of human resources capable of supporting economic 
growth. Thus, the authorities intend to continue making investments on behalf of the different 
social categories in the areas of health, education and vocational training with special 
attention being given to young people and women and to the supervision and care of other disadvantaged groups. 
4.28.  Health.  Improving the health of the people remains an objective for both social 
development and economic growth. The Government expects to achieve this objective by implementing an updated sectoral health stra tegy in conformity with the MDGs. Essentially, 
this strategy aims to provide universal access to quality health care and services by improving 
the supply and financing the demand. The goal is to reduce the disease burden by a third among 
the poor and the most vulnerable groups; reduce the mortality rate for children under five by two thirds; maternal mortality by three qu arters; the prevalence of HIV/AIDS by 50%; 
and the death rate associated with malaria to less than 10% by the end date of the strategy.  
4.29.  Education and vocational training . The Government intends to stress human capital 
formation, in particular through (i) high-quality basic education covering the primary cycle and the 
first cycle of the secondary system; (ii) high-qua lity second-cycle secondary education based on 
a dynamic equilibrium between general and technical education and designed to prepare the students for higher education in the fields prioritized for development; (iii) vocational education based on a modernized and much streng thened system capable of providing students 
who have completed the basic and secondary education cycles with a comprehensive package of 
knowledge centred on mastery of the skills re quired on the job market and preparing the 
beneficiaries for job creation; (iv) a vocationalized university education; (v) extended further 
training backed by a system for making good use of the experience acquired; and (vi) the genuine 
staff management indispensable for ensuring the quality of the education, which presupposes the definition of a transparent and credible system of flow regulation, the strengthening 
of the educational guidance system and improved pay scales for the technical trades.  
4.4  Regional integration and trade diversification  4.30.  In order to support sustainable and job-creating growth, Cameroon’s development 
and trade diversification policy was incorporated in the sectoral strategy of the Ministry of Trade 
adopted in 2011. This policy is part of a plan to strengthen subregional and regional integration, 
consolidate market share on the traditional mark ets (Europe and America) and then seek outlets 
on the emerging markets. It will mainly be based on the products of the soil by taking advantage 
of the fairly favourable environment and ecolog y and, above all, by progressing from the raw 
product to the processed product stage.  
4.31.  Regional integration.  The first challenge is the consolidation of the CEMAC space 
by taking maximum advantage of the provisions of the treaties on the free movement 
of persons and goods. In this respect, the Go vernment of Cameroon continues to take full 
responsibility for driving integration forward and assuming its leadership role in the subregion without more ado. The second challenge is the ECCAS market, which includes markets with great 
development potential such as those of the De mocratic Republic of the Congo and Angola. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 49 - 
  
  The third challenge is that of intensifying and formalizing economic relations with Nigeria. 
Trade development policy could then be extended to  the subregions of West Africa, North Africa, 
Southern Africa and East Africa, in particular with a view to the establishment of the Continental Free Trade Area by 2017, as recommended by the Conference of Heads of State 
and Government of the African Union in January 2012.  
4.32.  North-South cooperation.  The authorities will promote the consolidation of 
the European markets with trade in “traditional” products consisting of raw materials and products 
that have undergone initial processing (wood , cocoa, coffee, bananas, hevea, rubber, 
pepper, etc.). Where the North American market is concerned, Cameroon now intends to do everything it can to take advantage of thos e provisions of the AGOA which offer export 
opportunities, especially in the textile and so-called cultural product sectors.  
4.33.  Trade with the emerging countries.  The South American and Asian markets will have 
to be explored and negotiated within the cont ext of the emerging countries seeking strategic 
positioning and political and diplomatic influenc e. The option of win-win cooperation advocated 
by the countries forming part of this group (China , Brazil, India, Korea, Indonesia, etc.) and their 
high population densities make them an excellent choice for partnership in trade development.  
4.5  Financing of the economy 
4.34.  Taxation.  Aware that no sustainable economic recovery can be envisaged without a real 
policy on investment financing, the Government has just had the National Assembly enact a Law establishing an investment incentive code, the application of which will be accompanied by the implementation of the Investment Charter.  
4.35.  Banking system.  Alongside its CEMAC partners, the State intends to make every effort to 
absorb the excess liquidity in the banking system so that it can be used for medium and long-term investment credit. If necessary, the State will propose to the monetary regulator incentivizing and 
persuasive measures to increase the banks’ interest in giving the financing of private investment 
precedence over their ordinary banking services. Thus, the new banks for financing SMEs and agriculture are opening up new horizons.  
4.36.  Micro-finance.  With a view to strengthening and extending basic financial services 
and improving the quality of the services provided by the micro-finance establishments (EMF), the Government intends: (i) to intensify the action taken to train EMF promoters, managers and employees; (ii) to establish a first level of supervision and control of the EMF 
by the National Monetary Authority, compatible with the COBAC regulations; and (iii) to further 
strengthen the monetarization of the economy, in  particular by extending the automation of the 
payment systems to the EMF.  
4.37.  Greater mobilization of national savings.  The main courses of action under this policy 
will include: (i) steering the micro-finance institutions towards retail bank status, (ii) dynamizing the local financial markets, (iii) increased mobilization of the resources of the diaspora; 
and (iv) the creation of specialized financial institutions.  
5  EMPLOYMENT STRATEGY  5.1.  The growth and employment strategy addr esses the question of employment by proposing 
three main courses of action, namely: (i) increasing the supply of decent jobs; (ii) job matching; 
(iii) improving the efficiency of the market.  
5.1  Increasing the supply of jobs  5.2.  Dependent employment.  The Government is counting mainly on the development of SMEs 
to meet the huge challenge of employment. In particular, it intends to tackle visible 
underemployment, estimated at 11% of the empl oyed labour force. The objective for 2020 is 
to absorb visible underemployment completely and to maintain the broader unemployment rate 
at less than 7%. The introduction of programmes to create jobs specifically for the most 
disadvantaged (young people, women, vulnerable groups and disabled persons) and in the civil 
service will supplement the supply of decent jobs.  WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 50 - 
  
  5.3.  Targeted self-employment.  The Cameroon authorities are counting on promoting 
self-employment to support the development of the gr owth sectors, particularly in the rural sector, 
the craft industry and services. Specifically, this is expected to make an important contribution to the reduction of visible underemployment to be low 50% and to the migration from the informal 
to the formal sector of the economy. In the rural sector, in conformity with the policy 
of developing large farms, incentive measures ha ve been taken to make it easier for graduates 
of agricultural colleges to enter farming by: (i) providing training in how to set up larger-scale 
agricultural projects; (ii) facilitating access to credit; and (iii) facilitating access to modern 
agricultural inputs.  
5.4.  Moreover, the implementation of some large projects often involves the development 
of related activities, from which the people living nearby should be able to benefit. Thus, specific 
training courses, depending on the nature of th e project, will be developed to facilitate the 
integration of these people into the activities in question. In view of the immense potential of the 
craft industry, the Government intends to revalorize it in all its components in order to turn it into 
a truly attractive sector that generates jobs, income and growth.  
5.5.  In the services sector, specific programmes,  in support of the strategy to develop promising 
branches such as made-up products, tourism,  wood, fruit and vegetables, etc., will be 
implemented to encourage the integration of young people from vocational 
training establishments.  
5.6.  Migration from the informal  to the formal sector. The strategy mainly involves helping 
the players in the informal sector to organize their activities in very small enterprises (VSEs) 
by means of: (i) flexible tax regulations; (ii) facilitation of administrative registration, including 
social security; (iii) training aimed at helping thes e players to keep better track of their activities 
through light bookkeeping; and (iv) start-up assistance and aid with financing.  
5.7.  Establishment of a gene ral incentive framework.  The strategy adopted in order 
to enable the private sector to play its econ omic part in terms of job creation consists 
of two components: (i) reactivation of the tripartite framework for cooperation between 
the economic departments, the various private sector players and civil society, in order to review 
and remove the obstacles to job creation; and (ii) implementation of a series of incentive measures to facilitate job creation.  
5.8.  Implementation of the strategy of promoting HIMO approaches.  Four (4) components 
have been identified: (i) development of an institutional policy environment that 
favours HIMO approaches; (ii) capacity building for the players involved; (iii) promotion of the 
application of HIMO approaches in public investment; and (iv) improved knowledge 
of HIMO approaches. In particular, in the BPW sector, the strategy calls for the use 
of HIMO approaches in, for example, rural road maintenance and civil engineering.  
5.2  Job matching  
5.9.  The strategy is based on augmenting and diversifying the training supply by: (i) improving 
and standardizing training benchmarks with the creation of about 30 training benchmarks a year; (ii) diversifying training methods and pathways with account for the growth sectors; (iii) reducing disparities in access (geographical areas, gender, specific groups) through the reform and in-depth 
restructuring of the chart of public vocational training institutions; and (iv) developing training for 
trainers by establishing a skills development centre . The second pillar of the job matching strategy 
will consist in optimizing the internal and external efficiency of the training system. 
The Government is also counting on improving the management of the vocational training system, 
in particular by seeking the participation of trade associations and businesses.  
5.3  Improving the efficiency of the employment market  
5.10.  The aim is to make the employment market transparent and to succeed in finding 
employment for the largest possible number of job seek ers. This will require: (i) getting increasing 
numbers of enterprises to express their human resource requirements in a more articulated way and through formal channels, in order to maximize their chances of finding the required profiles on 
the market; (ii) helping job seekers to define th eir career plan and thus increase their chances WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 51 - 
  
  of finding a job quickly; and (iii) ensuring the good communication of employment market trends 
and developments and keeping the players well  informed. The strengthening of the formal 
placement channels will involve the intensification of the business survey campaigns organized by the National Employment Fund (FNE) and ot her bodies and rigorous monitoring of the 
placements made. Incentives and, if necessary, bi nding arrangements should be put in place to 
get businesses to give priority to making their labour requirements known to the public and approved private services responsible for assistin g jobseekers. With regard to jobseeker reception 
and support, one of the first priorities is to bu ild reception and vocational guidance capacity 
through cooperation between the FNE and other public bodies, so as to create employment agencies in every department in the country and staff them with qualified personnel. Finally, a mechanism for the implementation and monitoring/e valuation of the employment strategy will be 
set up at both strategic and operational levels.  
6  GOVERNANCE AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF THE STATE  6.1  Governance and the rule of law  
6.1.  Two major objectives are being pursued wi thin the context of governance and the rule 
of law: (i) a universal guarantee of greater re spect for individual rights and civil liberties; 
and (ii) strengthening of the management of public affairs. To achieve these objectives, 
the authorities are intending to follow four cour ses of action, namely: (a) strengthening the rule 
of law and the safety of persons and proper ty; (b) improving the business environment; 
(c) intensifying the campaign against corruption and embezzlement; and (d) improving the citizen’s knowledge and oversight of the management of public affairs.  
6.2.  Strengthening of the rule of law and the safety of persons and property.  In order to 
improve the socio-political environment and re-e stablish confidence and calm among citizens 
and investors, Cameroon is working to:  
 improve the electoral system, with the develo pment of a biometric electoral register;  
 improve access to and the quality of the justice service; 
 strengthen the national system for the promotion and protection of human rights;  
 reinforce the maintenance of order and security on the borders.  
6.3.  Improvement of the business environment.  Where the framework for business is 
concerned, Government action is directed, in particular, towards better follow-up and further 
development of the dialogue on the bu siness climate with the private sector, 
continued harmonization of the legal framework wi th OHADA law, and the implementation of the 
Investment Charter and the new Law on the Incentives Code.   
6.4.  A significant reduction in corruption.  The Government is intensifying its action to combat 
the phenomenon by strengthening the anti-corrupt ion machinery, with the effective involvement 
of the executive, the legislature and the judiciary.  
6.5.  Improved access to information for the citizen.  The authorities are concentrating on: 
(i) strengthening participatory oversight of the management of public affairs, (ii) systematically 
disseminating information about public initiatives, particularly development projects and follow-up/evaluation and audit reports, and (iii) increasing the number of rural community 
radio stations.  
6.2  Strategic management of the State  
6.6.  Expansion of the decentralization process.  In addition to the effective establishment 
of the regions, the Government intends to complete, as quickly as possible, the process of 
transferring powers and resources to the Decentra lized Local Authorities (CTD), build the capacity 
of the elected members and technical staff of the CTD to create a genuine local civil service and administration in charge of decentralization, and strengthen the economic role of the CTD. 
In particular, planning, a function allocated by la w to the regions and communes, will be promoted WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 52 - 
  
  by the systematic introduction of developmen t plans for the communes and the regions, plans 
which will provide a framework for dialogue, for ensuring consistency and for receiving central State support for regional and local development.  
6.7.  Continued modernization of the public services.  Cameroon is continuing to modernize 
the public services so as to turn them into a tool for development, specifically by improving 
the institutional framework, administrative management and governance. Here, the stress is on capacity building in the areas of strategic planning (sectoral strategies and medium-term 
expenditure framework (CDMT)), local developmen t plans, project cycle management, regulation 
of the economy and management of the public finances. The new public finances regime with the programme budget came into operation in financial year 2013.  
6.8.  Management of the State’s human resources . Control of staff levels in the civil service 
and the public sector wage bill, to reduce cost s and improve performance, remains an objective 
yet to be achieved considering the action that still needs to be taken in this field. In this connection, the authorities are continuing with their ongoing and planned initiatives aimed 
at modernizing the civil service and making it more efficient by improving the institutional 
framework, smartening up the administrati ve management procedures and promoting 
good governance.  
6.9.  Protection of the national economic space.  In response to the phenomena associated 
with illicit trade, which are impeding the deve lopment of the national production system, 
the authorities intend, within the framework of this strategy, to reinforce the machinery for combating fraud, smuggling and large-scale international trafficking, with the triple objective 
of facilitation, safety and quality standard control. 
7  MACROECONOMIC AND BUDGETARY PLANNING 7.1.  Macroeconomic and budgetary planning makes it possible to analyse the implications, 
expressed in figures, of the policies adopted in th e DSCE concerning: (i) the global growth profile, 
together with sectoral contributions, investment levels, and the financing of the economy as a whole; (ii) the public expenditure profile asso ciated with the allocation of budgetary resources 
to the sectors to finance the priority programmes identified; and (iii) the prospects for job creation 
and poverty reduction. This analysis consists of three stages: (i) the simulation of a frame of reference; (ii) the simulation of a more “proactive” variant based on the vision of making Cameroon an emerging country by 2035; and (iii) a risk analysis.  
7.2.  Simulation of a frame of reference. Under the reference scenario, the annual 
rate of growth of non-petroleum GDP should reach an annual average of 5.7% between 2010 
and 2020 as compared with 4% in the course of the last ten years, i.e. show a gain of more 
than 1.7 points per annum. The primary sector should grow by an annual average of 5% over 
the period 2010-2020 with a peak of 5.5% in 2015.  
7.3.  Food-producing agriculture in the main  driver of this growth and alone accounts 
for 70% of sector GDP. The contribution of the secondary sector would be steady over 
the period 2010-2020 with average annual growth  of 5.2%, mainly due to the implementation 
of the large-scale energy projects and the revival of activity in the building and public works sector, which in the medium term will give fresh impetus to manufacturing. The tertiary sector will 
be energized by the increased activity in the othe r sectors. The improvements in highway and port 
infrastructure will boost transport activity. The introduction of fibre-optic cables will have a similar effect on telecommunications.  
7.4.  Thus, it is anticipated that this sector will grow at an annual average rate of 6% 
between 2010 and 2020, as compared with 5.5% during the last ten years.  
7.5.  Economic growth will continue to be sustained by domestic demand. At the same time, 
public and private consumption will remain strong over the period, private consumption as a 
percentage of GDP being estimated at 70.1% in 2020. Where foreign trade is concerned, the decline in oil production contributed to the sl owdown in exports up until 2010, but this trend 
should be offset by the prospect of new fields coming into production and increased production of 
the main export crops thanks to the good performances expected in industrial and export WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 53 - 
  
  a g r i c u l t u r e .  I n  v o l u m e  t e r m s ,  i t  i s  f o r e c a s t  t h a t  i m p o r t s  w i l l  p r o g r e s s  b y  6 . 2 %  o v e r  t h e  p e r i o d  
2010-2020 due to the implementation of the large-sca le infrastructure projects. There is likely to 
be a deterioration in the balance of trade over the period as a consequence of the importation of capital goods. Inflation will be maintained at a level below 3%, which is one of the multilateral 
surveillance criteria that Cameroon is required to meet.  
8  CONCLUSION 8.1.  Today, trade policy is an important aspect of Cameroon’s economic policy, as set out in both 
the Vision of Development for the period up to 2035 and the Growth and Employment 
Strategy Paper (DSCE). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 54 - 
  
  ANNEXES 
Table 1 Trade balance, 2007-2012 
 (Quantities in tonnes and values in CFAF million) 
Item Jan.-Dec. 2007 Jan.-Dec. 2008 Jan.-Dec. 2009 
 Q V Q V Q V 
Exports 7,102,036 2,017,270  6,763,420  2,358,594  6,330,883 1,667,119  
Exports, excluding oil 3,029,697 1,139,413 2,832,028 1,243,522 2,553,487 980,676 
Crude oil 4,072,339 877,857 3,931,392 1,115,072 3,777,396 686,444 
Hydrocarbon 5,093,694 1,177,630 4,776,646 1,402,754 4,559,259 856,158 
Imports 4,987,723 2,229,290  5,831,830  2,563,718  5,296,105 2,086,751  
Imports, excluding oil 3,566,117 1,542,035 3,918,199 1,893,092 3,960,913 1,779,926 
Crude oil 1,421,606 687,255 1,913,631 670,626 1,335,193 306,825 
Hydrocarbon 1,627,136 742,127 2,076,330 729,923 1,590,124 369,846 
Trade balance   -212,020    -205,124    -419,632  
Trade balance, excl. oil             
Coverage 
in %   0.9   0.9   0.8 
Coverage excluding oil,  
in %             
 
Item Jan.-Dec. 2010 Jan.-Dec. 2011 Jan.-Dec. 2012 
 Q V Q V Q V 
Exports 5,789,110 1,924,213  5,554,356  2,133,608  5,751,766 2,340,784  
Exports, excluding oil 2,801,193 1,225,851 2,856,004 1,372,369 2,594,662 1,243,681 
Crude oil 2,987,917 698,362 2,698,352 761,239 3,157,104 1,097,104 
Hydrocarbon 3,804,907 949,386 3,584,381 1,111,390 3,778,208 1,371,954 
Imports 6,040,230 2,502,962  7,071,726  3,209,779  7,129,169 3,325,168  
Imports, excluding oil 4,338,167 1,989,741 5,208,006 2,445,330 5,661,146 2,661,211 
Crude oil 1,702,064 513,222 1,863,720 764,449 1,468,022 663,957 
Hydrocarburon 2,097,032 662,490 2,024,974 835,972 2,168,384 1,009,430 
Trade balance   -578,749    -1,076,171    -984,383  
Trade balance, excl. oil             
Coverage  
in %   0.8   0.7   0.7 
Coverage excluding oil,   
in %             
Table 2 Principal customers of Cameroon 
Rank 2007 2008 
    Value Share   Value Share 
1 Italy 373,934 18.5% Spain 447,180 18.9% 
2 Spain 362,409 18.0% Italy 314,475 13.3% 
3 France 352,053 17.4% United States  288,368 12.2% 
4 United States  106,423 5.3% China 209,140 8.9% 
5 Netherlands 99,480 4.9% Netherlands 180,978 7.7% 
6 Equatorial Guinea 60,921 3.0% France 145,044 6.1% 
7 India 57,673 2.9% Gabon 102,534 4.3% 
8 Not specified 52,862 2.6% Other Asian countries, 
n.e.s. 81,101 3.4% 
9 Democratic Republic of 
the Congo (DRC) 48,633 2.4% Chad 64,906 2.8% 
10 Nigeria 47,143 2.3% India 40,151 1.7% 
  Total countries listed 1,561,530 77.4% Total countries listed 1,873,878 79.4% 
  Grand total 2,018,553  100.0%  Grand total 2,359,987  100.0%  WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 55 - 
  
  Rank 2009 2010 
   Value  Share    Value Share  
1 Other Europe, n.e.s. 296,756 17.8% Spain 353,516 18.4% 
2 Netherlands 251,446 15.1% Netherlands 260,017 13.5% 
3 Spain 141,983 8.5% Italy 185,590 9.6% 
4 Italy 141,152 8.5% China 162,619 8.5% 
5 China 137,186 8.2% United States  134,205 7.0% 
6 France 110,972 6.6% France 118,939 6.2% 
7 United States  70,445 4.2% Chad 93,251 4.8% 
8 Chad 66,789 4.0% India 68,261 3.5% 
9 India 42,718 2.6% Gibraltar 55,007 2.9% 
10 Belgium-Luxembourg 32,657 2.0% Uruguay 38,816 2.0% 
 Total countries listed 1,292,105  77.4%  Total countries listed 1,470,220 76.4%  
 Grand total 1,668,982  100.0%  Grand total 1,923,872 100.0%  
 
Rank 2011 
    Value Share  
1 Spain 313,250 14.7% 
2 Netherlands 214,501 10.1% 
3 China 192,406 9.0% 
4 France 171,772 8.1% 
5 Italy 158,786 7.4% 
6 United States  129,102 6.1% 
7 India 103,913 4.9% 
8 Chad 81,700 3.8% 
9 Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) 79,671 3.7% 
10 Portugal 77,668 3.6% 
  Total countries listed 1,522,768 71.4%  
  Grand total 2,133,608 100.0%  
Table 2 Principal suppliers of Cameroon 
Rank 2007 2008 
  Value  Share   Value Share  
1 Nigeria 723,865 32.5% Nigeria 461,701 18.0% 
2 France 411,523 18.5% France 365,846 14.3% 
3 China 348,192 15.6% China 271,079 10.6% 
4 Germany 109,473 4.9% Germany 95,046 3.7% 
5 United States  109,383 4.9% Côte-d'Ivoire 82,354 3.2% 
6 Italy 93,954 4.2% Japan 77,002 3.0% 
7 Thailand 92,092 4.1% Thailand 76,530 3.0% 
8 Belgium-Luxembourg 84,385 3.8% Belgium-Luxembourg 76,117 3.0% 
9 India 83,664 3.8% United States  72,449 2.8% 
10 Japan 80,863 3.6% India 64,599 2.5% 
  Total countries listed  2,137,393  95.9%  Total countries listed  1,642,723 64.1%  
  Grand total  2,229,452  100.0%  Grand total  2,563,731 100.0%  
 
Rank 2009 2010 
    Value  Share    Value Share  
1 France 326,055 15.6% Nigeria 476,714 19.0% 
2 Nigeria 255,112 12.2% France 371,781 14.9% 
3 China 207,678 10.0% Equatorial Guinea 204,185 8.2% 
4 Belgium-Luxembourg 82,582 4.0% China 179,425 7.2% 
5 Germany 82,314 3.9% United States 120,027 4.8% 
6 Thailand 79,863 3.8% Netherlands 106,079 4.2% 
7 United States  70,138 3.4% Germany 85,410 3.4% 
8 Japan 64,908 3.1% Belgium-Luxembourg 76,388 3.1% 
9 Equatorial Guinea 59,852 2.9% Brazil 75,432 3.0% 
10 Italy 54,353 2.6% Thailand 69,698 2.8% 
  Total countries listed  1,282,854  61.5%  Total countries listed  1,765,139 70.5%  
  Grand total  2,086,691  100.0%  Grand total  2,502,962 100.0%  
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 56 - 
  
  Rank  2011 
    Value Share  
1 Spain 313,250 14.7% 
2 Netherlands 214,501 10.1% 
3 China 192,406 9.0% 
4 France 171,772 8.1% 
5 Italy 158,786 7.4% 
6 United States  129,102 6.1% 
7 India 103,913 4.9% 
8 Chad 81,700 3.8% 
9 Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) 79,671 3.7% 
10 Portugal 77,668 3.6% 
  Total countries listed 1,522,768 71.4%  
  Grand total 2,133,608 100.0%  
 
Table 3 Principal exports 
HS4 Description 2007 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 877,837 43.5% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 301,076 14.9% 
44.07 Sawn wood 169,290 8.4% 
18.01 Cocoa beans, raw 102,929 5.1% 
76.01 Aluminium, unwrought 78,718 3.9% 
52.01 Cotton, raw 50,858 2.5% 
09.01 Coffee 41,237 2.0% 
44.03 Wood in the rough (logs) 34,420 1.7% 
44.08 Veneer sheets 30,754 1.5% 
84.79 Machines and mechanical appliances  29,812 1.5% 
  Total countries listed 1,716,932 85.1%  
  Grand total 2,018,553 100.0%  
 
HS4 Description 2008 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 686,357 41.1% 
18.01 Cocoa beans, raw  255,012 15.3% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 171,658 10.3% 
44.07 Sawn wood  99,821 6.0% 
44.03 Wood in the rough (logs) 45,184 2.7% 
52.01 Cotton, raw 42,175 2.5% 
08.03 Bananas, including plantains 33,487 2.0% 
76.01 Aluminium, unwrought 32,146 1.9% 
40.01 Rubber, raw 26,707 1.6% 
09.01 Coffee 24,661 1.5% 
 Total countries listed 1,417,209 84.9%  
 Grand total 1,668,982 100.0%  
 
HS4 Description 2009 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 761,239 35.7% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 345,922 16.2% 
18.01 Cocoa beans, raw 241,596 11.3% 
44.07 Sawn wood 135,922 6.4% 
44.03 Wood in the rough (logs) 66,826 3.1% 
40.01 Rubber, raw 61,901 2.9% 
52.01 Cotton, raw 53,742 2.5% 
76.01 Aluminium, unwrought 44,515 2.1% 
08.03 Bananas, including plantains 41,828 2.0% 
09.01 Coffee 34,321 1.6% 
  Total countries listed 1,787,811 83.8%  
  Grand total 2,133,608 100.0%  
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 57 - 
  
  HS4 Description 2010 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 1,115,121 47.3% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 289,028 12.2% 
18.01 Cocoa beans, raw 180,158 7.6% 
44.07 Sawn wood 170,205 7.2% 
76.01 Aluminium, unwrought 74,301 3.1% 
89.05 Vessels 72,258 3.1% 
44.03 Wood in the rough (logs) 64,014 2.7% 
08.03 Bananas, including plantains 36,631 1.6% 
44.08 Veneer sheets 29,964 1.3% 
09.01 Coffee 29,904 1.3% 
  Total countries listed 2,061,584 87.4%  
  Grand total 2,359,987 100.0%  
 
HS4 Description 2011 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 698,363 36.3% 
18.01 Cocoa beans, raw 301,410 15.7% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 247,006 12.8% 
44.07 Sawn wood 123,044 6.4% 
44.03 Wood in the rough (logs) 71,227 3.7% 
76.01 Aluminium, unwrought 48,437 2.5% 
40.01 Rubber, raw 47,155 2.5% 
08.03 Bananas, including plantains 40,520 2.1% 
52.01 Cotton, raw 40,117 2.1% 
09.01 Coffee 32,976 1.7% 
  Total countries listed 1,650,254 85.8%  
  Grand total 1,923,872 100.0%  
 
 HS4 Description 2012  
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 1,097,104 46.9% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 269,308 11.5% 
18.01 Cocoa beans, raw 201,567 8.6% 
44.07 Sawn wood 142,823 6.1% 
52.01 Cotton, raw 73,365 3.1% 
44.03 Wood in the rough (logs) 62,190 2.7% 
40.01 Rubber, raw 62,039 2.7% 
09.01 Coffee 44,565 1.9% 
08.03 Bananas, including plantains 38,190 1.6% 
76.01 Aluminium, unwrought 26,871 1.1% 
  Total countries listed 2,018,022 86.2%  
  Grand total 2,340,784 100.0%  
 
Table 4 Principal imports 
HS4 Description  2007 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 687,417 30.8% 
10.06 Rice 87,809 3.9% 
03.03 Fish, frozen 59,598 2.7% 
30.04 Medicaments 52,605 2.4% 
28.18 Aluminium oxide 45,581 2.0% 
87.04 Motor vehicles for the transport of goods 44,523 2.0% 
87.03 Motor cars 40,853 1.8% 
25.23 Clinkers Portland cement, other than white 37,587 1.7% 
10.01 Wheat and meslin 35,101 1.6% 
73.04 Tubes, pipes and hollow profiles, or iron or steel 28,704 1.3% 
  Total countries listed 1,119,776 50.2%  
  Grand total 2,229,452 100.0%  
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 58 - 
  
  HS4 Description 2008 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 670,639 26.2% 
10.06 Rice 113,061 4.4% 
89.05 Vessels 105,956 4.1% 
10.01 Wheat, other than for seed 85,170 3.3% 
03.03 Fish, frozen 78,377 3.1% 
30.04 Medicaments 52,460 2.0% 
87.03 Motor cars 50,685 2.0% 
28.18 Aluminium oxide 48,740 1.9% 
25.23 Clinkers and Portland  cement, other than white 45,084 1.8% 
87.04 Motor vehicles for the transport of goods 41,272 1.6% 
  Total countries listed 1,291,446 50.4%  
  Grand total 2,563,731 100.0%  
 
HS4 Description 2009 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 306,764 14.7% 
10.06 Rice 118,582 5.7% 
03.03 Fish, frozen 112,765 5.4% 
30.04 Medicaments 61,445 2.9% 
10.01 Wheat, other than for seed 58,252 2.8% 
25.23 Clinkers and Portland cement, other than white 55,064 2.6% 
87.03 Motor cars 54,411 2.6% 
87.04 Motor vehicles for the transport of goods 42,285 2.0% 
63.09 Worn clothing 32,816 1.6% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 31,436 1.5% 
  Total countries listed 873,820 41.9%  
  Grand total 2,086,691 100.0%  
 
 HS4 Description 2010  
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 513,222 20.5% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 110,550 4.4% 
10.06 Rice 96,730 3.9% 
03.03 Fish, frozen 93,017 3.7% 
30.04 Medicaments 72,324 2.9% 
87.03 Motor cars 64,372 2.6% 
10.01 Wheat, other than for seed 61,060 2.4% 
25.23 Clinkers and Portland cement, other than white 60,124 2.4% 
87.04 Motor vehicles for the transport of goods 59,286 2.4% 
63.09 Worn clothing 32,730 1.3% 
  Total countries listed 1,163,414 46.5%  
  Grand total 2,502,962 100.0%  
 
HS4 Description 2011 
  Value Share  
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 764,449 23.8% 
03.03 Fish, frozen 148,013 4.6% 
10.06 Rice 134,955 4.2% 
30.04 Pharmaceutical products 88,838 2.8% 
10.01 Wheat, other than for seed 84,375 2.6% 
87.03 Motor cars 73,987 2.3% 
87.04 Motor vehicles for the transport of goods 71,224 2.2% 
25.23 Clinkers and Portland cement, other than white 60,331 1.9% 
85.02 Electric generating sets and rotary converters 53,734 1.7% 
84.31 Parts for use with machinery 38,591 1.2% 
  Total countries listed 1,518,496 47.3% 
  Grand total 3,209,779 100.0% 
27.09 Petroleum oils, crude 663,957 20.0% 
27.10 Fuels and lubricants 288,369 8.7% 
10.06 Rice 156,613 4.7% 
03.03 Fish, frozen 122,171 3.7% 
10.01 Other wheat and meslin 99,573 3.0% 
30.04 Medicaments 92,222 2.8% 
25.23 Clinkers and Portland ce ment, other than white 87,824 2.6% WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 59 - 
  
  HS4 Description 2011 
  Value Share  
73 Articles of iron or steel 83,674 2.5% 
39 Plastics 78,247 2.4% 
87.03  Motor cars  75,060  2.3%  
 Total countries listed 1,747,710 52.6%  
 Grand total 3,325,168 100.0%  
 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 60 - 
  
  REPORT OF THE CONGO 
1  INTRODUCTION 1.1.  The Congo's first Trade Policy Review took place in September 2006, at the time when it was 
holding HIPC negotiations with the World Bank and the IMF. It was the occasion for an in-depth 
appraisal of the economic strategies and management mechanisms established in the wake 
of the socio-political conflicts the co untry had experienced from 1997 to 1999. 
1.2.  The recommendations stemming from that fi rst Review were put to use in the preparation 
of the National Development Plan 2008-2011, with  the adoption of a range of structural reforms 
aimed in particular at improving political, economic, legal and administrative governance as well as the business climate. 
1.3.  Implementation of these reforms br ought about a qualitative transformation 
of the management of various economic sectors. Overall the Congo has made remarkable 
economic and social progress. Its annual growth rate averaged 7% in 2008-2011, leading the World Bank to classify it as  one of the best performing economies 
of sub-Saharan Africa. 
1.4.  Notwithstanding these encouraging results, many challenges remain for the 
Congolese economy to enjoy steady and sustainable economic growth. The fundamental goal 
naturally remains a general improvement in living conditions and hence poverty reduction. 
1.5.  With regard more specifically to trade, the non-oil trade balance and low level of foreign 
direct investment remain central concerns. The Co ngo is well aware of the importance of trade 
policy as a key component of national economic policy, and for some years has therefore been 
engaged in an irreversible process of liberaliza tion and opening up to the rest of the world. 
The Government intends to pursue: (i) the elimination of non-tariff trade barriers; (ii) the streamlining of foreign trade procedures ; and (iii) the introduction of a more business 
and investment-friendly environment. This second Trade Policy Review will thus provide 
an opportunity to highlight not only the economy's potential but also the additional reforms which the Government proposes to carry out with the aim of improving the business climate. 
2  MAIN FEATURES OF THE ECONOMY 
2.1  Economic growth 2.1.  In 2008-2011 the Congolese economy averaged  a growth rate of about 7% annually, fuelled 
by both the oil sector (9.6%) and the non-oil sector (4% in 2009, 6.4% in 2010 and 8% in 2011). 
2.2.  The non-oil sector growth was driven by  telecommunications (10%), agriculture (7.3%), 
manufacturing (7%), and transport and trade (6%). This sustained performance stemmed from the structural reforms undertaken together with th e efforts to strengthen economic infrastructure. 
2.3.  GDP per capita reached US$1,581.5 in 2011. 
2.4.  These successes were acknowledged by th e international financial community and enabled 
the Congo to reach the completion point of the HI PC Initiative in January 2010, which led, among 
other benefits, to substantial external debt relie f (over CFAF 3 billion, or about 32.4% of GDP). 
2.5.  The encouraging performance of the oil sect or and the upturn and development of the non-oil 
sector augur well for sustained growth in the coming years. 
2.2  Inflation 
2.6.  Inflation has been brought under control relatively well and structural trends 
are encouraging. After the surge caused by so aring world food and oil prices in 2008 (6.3%), 
inflation eased appreciably in 2009 (4.7%) before stabilizing at around 4% 
between 2010 and 2011. Nevertheless it remains above the Community norm (3% in 2011). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 61 - 
  
   
2.7.  Three factors together account for this fall in  inflation: (i) the imported component of inflation 
declined in 2010 and 2011, with a slower rise in food and petroleum product prices; (ii) the structural component (factor and transaction costs) also weakened through the combined 
effects of structural reforms and the programme of infrastructure improvement; 
and (iii) the monetary component was controlled thanks to Community monetary policy and the Government's prudent fiscal policy. 
2.3  Employment 
2.8.  The upwards trend in economic growth in  2008-2011 had a positive impact on employment. 
Nevertheless, youth unemployment (under 29 years of age), with a high rate of about 40%, remains a central concern for the Government. 
2.9.  Agriculture and forestry employ a hi gh proportion of the population (37.8%), 
followed by trade (23.1%) and services (10.9%). 
2.10.  Surveys show that jobs are generally  precarious or concentrated more heavily 
in low-income sectors. Less people are employed in sectors where jobs are more stable 
and relatively better paid, such as the civil service (11.4%), SMEs (7.7%), and large private enterprises (4.8%). Petroleum, mining and quarry ing, where the best paid private-sector jobs 
are to be found, are the industries employing the fewest Congolese workers (0.9%). 
2.4  Trade balance 2.11.  Trade is certainly one of the main en gines of Congolese growth. Thus, foreign trade 
represented 138.6% of GDP over the last five years, reflecting the high degree of openness 
of the economy. This is also substantiated by the appreciable rise in the share of exports of goods 
and services in nominal GDP, which now stands at almost 80%. 
2.12.  The Congo has had a large, structural surp lus in its trade balance for a number of years. 
2.13.  Like the country's production structure, foreign trade is heavily based on hydrocarbons 
(especially crude oil), which accounts for the trade surplus and a very comfortable import coverage ratio. The ensuing foreign exchange inflows enabled the country to ride the international economic 
crisis and pursue its public investment programmes, in particular in infrastructure projects. 
2.5  Budgetary situation 2.14.  Public finance data for the period 2008-2011 indicate a clear improvement in the main 
budget indicators. The share of non-oil revenue increased from 22.5% to 27.4% of non-oil GDP 
from 2008-2011. This led to the stabilization an d even improvement of the overall balance, 
which moved from a deficit of 4.1% of GDP in 2008 to a surplus of 15.9% in 2011. 
2.15.  Debt has declined considerably thanks to  the achievement of the HIPC completion point 
in January 2010. It fell from 65.5% of GDP in  2008 to 23% of GDP in 2011, with debt servicing 
down from 5.2% of exports in 2008 to 3.4% in 2010. 
2.16.  Fiscal policy has aimed at restoring financial balance by emphasizing better non-oil revenue 
collection while slowing the growth rate of current spending. This policy has enabled 
the Government to raise investment spending while continuing to save the bulk of oil revenue in the interests of financial stabilization. 
2.6  Public investment 
2.17.  For some years the Congo has been carrying out structural projects aimed at creating 
a virtuous leverage effect for the national economy. There has thus been a significant increase in the rate of public investment, to ab out 16.5% in 2011 compared with an average 
of 11% for the previous five years. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 62 - 
  
  2.6.1  Transport 
2.18.  The Government has undertaken an extensive infrastructure improvement programme 
in the road, rail, air and maritime transport sectors. 
2.6.1.1  Road transport 
2.19.  Since the previous Trade Policy Review, the Congolese Government has multiplied 
and strengthened programmes for asphalting and rehabilitating the road network, with encouraging results. Several asphalting programmes are currently underway 
(about 1,500 km). 
2.20.  Despite these efforts, major challenges remain for the modernization of the road network 
as a whole, bearing in mind in particular: (i) the scale of the deterioration of the existing network; (ii) the inefficiency of road maintenance services; and (iii) the institutional weaknesses 
of the vehicle inspection services. 
2.6.1.2  Maritime transport 2.21.  A large-scale investment programme has been devoted to the Pointe-Noire deep water port 
with a view to strengthening its capacity in term s of storage, ship loading and unloading and other 
port facilities. The major rehabilitation work underway will improve the port's capability and competitiveness and enable it to become a regional hub. 
2.6.1.3  Rail transport 
2.22.  The Government has made a great effort to strengthen rail infrastructure. 
The CFCO rehabilitation and equipment programme launched in 2007 is continuing with tangible results. However, the irregular nature of rail traffic and the level of service delivery are not yet 
such as to ensure optimal exploitation conditions. 
2.6.1.4  Air transport 2.23.  The Congo has made significant progress in airport construction and modernization 
throughout the country. 
2.24.  Thanks to major modernization and extension investment, the international airports 
of Brazzaville and Pointe-Noire have become real  regional hubs. New airports have also been 
opened, including the international airport of Ollombo and the secondary airports of Ouesso, 
Dolisie, Impfondo, Owando and Ewo. 
2.25.  The strengthening of airport infrastructure has gone hand in hand with the overhauling 
of their operation, and concessions have been awarded for running the international airports 
of Brazzaville, Pointe-Noire and Ollombo. 
2.26.  Despite this progress, there are still major challenges to be tackled in order to make 
the most of the installed capacity. The economic an d social impact of this infrastructure should 
soon be optimized by the creation of special economic zones and industrial and tourism zones 
in the surrounding areas. 
2.6.1.5  River transport 
2.27.  The Government has made efforts in this area, in particular with the construction 
of Lékéty port and the rehabilitation of some  secondary ports, as well as the improvement 
of the navigability of inland waterways. 
2.28.  However, these efforts have not been accompanied by better organization of traffic, 
in particular in the port of Brazzaville, where formalities for arriving travellers remain relatively 
time-consuming (about 45 minutes on average compared with an international standard of ten minutes). Navigability problems in some affluents of the Congo River continue to lead 
to the diversion of some goods transport. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 63 - 
  
  2.6.2  Energy and water 
2.29.  The Congo has vast hydroelectric potential (estimated at about 14,000 MW), but this 
potential is as yet insufficiently exploited (about 700 MW). Given the shortage of electric power, over recent years the Government has invest ed heavily in this sector through a number 
of programmes to strengthen generation, transport and distribution capacity. These efforts include 
the construction of the Imboulou hydroelectric power plant (120 MW), the Ndjeno gas turbine plant (50 MW) and that of Côte Matève (300 MW), the rehabilitation of transport lines and their 
transformer substations, rehabilitation of the electricity distribution networks of Brazzaville 
and Pointe-Noire, and the intensification of rural electrification based on the Imboulou power plant. 
2.6.3  Telecommunications and new technologies 2.30.  The telecommunications sector has grown strongly and steadily every year. The interest 
of foreign operators in the Congolese telecommunications market stems from the liberal policy 
adopted by the Government. Today four operators share the Congolese telecommunications market under the supervision of the postal serv ices and electronic communications regulatory 
authority (ARPCE). 
2.31.  Like the mobile telephony operators, the Government has made major investments in heavy 
infrastructure. Capacity has consequently increased, with a national coverage rate 
of 90% (100% in urban areas and 72% in rural areas), soaring subscriber rates 
and communication costs that are among the lowest in all sub-Saharan Africa. 
2.32.  Unlike mobile telephony, however, acce ss to ICTs remains confined to a small sector 
of the population owing to the excessive cost of services and supplies. 
3  TRADE POLICY ASPECTS 
3.1.  The Government's trade policy is based on the following pillars: - Promotion of domestic trade activities; 
- Compliance with the rules of competition and the other provisions of trade regulations; 
- Promotion of the Congo's exports; - Guaranteeing regular supply of the domestic market; and 
- Support for economic operators in the trade sector. 
3.2.  It is continuing with its trade policy reforms in order to create the necessary conditions 
for the development of Congolese trade. 
3.3.  The current regulatory framework is as follows: 
3.1  Access to the profession of trader 
3.4.  Commercial activity in the Congo is open to any Congolese or foreign national who meets 
the conditions laid down by OHADA law and domestic regulations. 
3.5.  There is a single window for carrying out the necessary formalities, 
representing all the administrative services concerned. 
3.2  Regulation of imports and exports 
3.6.  Imports and exports are governed by Law No. 3-2007 of 24 January 2007. The law abolished 
import licensing and established an import or ex port declaration system for everyday consumer 
goods together with a special authorization regime for imports or exports of goods covered by special rules (quotas etc.). 
3.7.  Imports and exports are subject to preshipm ent inspection by inspection companies as well 
as various other national control measures. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 64 - 
  
  3.3  Prices and competition 
3.8.  Consumer prices of goods and services of all kinds are subject to the general regime 
of free pricing. 
3.9.  Special rules, however, particularly as regards approval and taxation, apply in the case 
of essential goods in order to combat speculation. 
3.10.  A competition law is being drafted to ensure the consistency of domestic legislation with 
the WTO principles of transparency and non-discrimination. 
3.11.  A consumer protection law is also being drafted. 
3.4  Regional trade agreements 3.12.  The Congo's trade policy takes into account the country's commitments in the framework 
of subregional and regional integration. Thus, the treaties and other directives of the community 
institutions to which the Congo belongs complement domestic laws and regulations. 
4  ONGOING REFORMS 4.1.  Since its previous Trade Policy Review, the Congo has been fully committed to a reform 
policy aimed at improving the investment climate and providing a secure business framework, 
in line with the Government's determination to make the country a real regional investment and export platform. These reforms focus in particular on the following: 
4.1  Legal and judicial governance 
4.2.  The Government's main goal in this area is to guarantee impartial, effective and diligent 
justice in the service of the population and of development. With this end in mind, the Government has taken steps to: (i) modernize justice; (ii) protect human rights; (iii) fight corruption 
and impunity; and (iv) effectively apply OHADA law. 
4.3.  This action has led in particular to: (i) the strengthening of the physical capacity 
of the judiciary; (ii) utilization of new information and communication technologies; 
(iii) training of judges and magistrates, ci vil servants and other judicial officers; 
and (iv) the review of legal texts. 
4.4.  In addition, in order to facilitate disp ute settlement proceedings a good practice guide 
for judges is being drafted, and action is being taken to bring domestic legal texts into line 
with OHADA law. A draft Commercial Code is also being prepared. 
4.5.  An arbitration and mediation centre has also been set up. 4.2  Economic governance 
4.6.  In 2006-2011 the Congo took a number of steps to improve economic governance, 
in particular: (i) a new classification of budget expenditure in line with international rules and standards; (ii) two action plans dealing resp ectively with the improvement of public finance 
management (PAAGFP) and public investment (PAAGIP); (iii) a new government procurement 
code; (iv) a new government expenditure chain; an d (v) a set of strategic planning and budgeting 
tools, including a medium-term expenditure framework (MTEF) and the integrated revenue 
and expenditure monitoring system (SISRD). 
4.7.  The Government has adopted a new State finance regime, including, in the context 
of programme budgeting, a results-based approach in line with the directives of the Central African Economic and Monetary Unity. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 65 - 
  
  4.8.  The Government has also improved govern ance of the oil sector through the quarterly 
certification of oil revenues and their transfer to  the Treasury within 45 days of the removal date 
of oil cargos. 
4.9.  Furthermore, the Government has liberalized the financial sector by reforming the banking 
system and the insurance and reinsurance market. 
4.3  Administrative governance 4.10.  Despite the efforts that have been ma de, serious malfunctions continue to plague 
the efficiency of the public administration. Th ese include in particular: (i) out-of-date texts 
governing civil service employees and their social security system; (ii) tasks, jobs and staffing 
levels that are not in line with the needs of the current government structure; (iii) difficulties in controlling the civil service wage bill; (iv) lack of an attractive remuneration 
policy; and (iv) an ageing civil service and an obsolescent career path system. 
4.11.  With a view to rebuilding the public administration in the interests of serving development 
and the public, the Government intends to modernize and resize it according to development 
needs. The major programmes that have been launched include: (i) reforming the legal framework 
of the civil service; (ii) human capacity building; (iii) reorganization of government services and development of results-based management tools; (iv) introduction of a remuneration system 
that contains performance incentives and boosts efficiency; and (v) introduction of a local 
government civil service. 
4.4  Tax reform 4.12.  Permanent adjustments were made in the tax system in the period 2006-2011 in order 
to turn it into an instrument that genuinely encourages investment and production. 
4.13.  Thus, the Government took steps to simplify and ease taxation, particularly through 
measures aimed at developing the private sector. For example, corporation tax was cut 
from 38% to 33% during this period, and a single payroll tax replaced the four previous taxes 
(flat-rate payroll tax, apprenticeship tax, nation al habitat fund tax, and employers' contribution 
to the National Employment  and Manpower Office). 
4.14.  Four special economic zones will soon be set up in the country. The favourable tax regime 
for these zones is currently being drawn up. 
4.15.  The Government also launched tax reforms aimed at strengthening the public-private sector 
partnership through: (i) the introduction of service contracts or award of concessions for certain 
public services to the private sector; (ii) use of BOT (Build-Operate-Transfer) methods 
for infrastructure construction; (iii) establishment of joint private-public companies; and (iv) direct contributions by the general public for the financing of some sectors. 
4.16.  The Government has also taken measures to reduce the cost and time of cross-border 
transactions under the strategic plan for the Congolese customs over the period 2012-2016. In order to promote competition and reduce distortions, the Government eliminated special 
exemptions, and computerized procedures fo r the grant and management of exemption 
certificates. It also reviewed the customs privileges in government procurement contracts, agreements and other texts. 
5  OUTLOOK 
5.1  Business climate 
5.1.  In order to expand the production ba se, develop services and improve governance 
of the financial sector, the Government intends to step up its efforts through: (i) improving 
the supply of public services to support economic  activity; (ii) improving the business climate; 
(iii) modernization of the management of public-sector enterprises and the administration; (iv) delegation of the supply of some public se rvices to the private sector; and (v) piloting 
an integrated economic diversification strategy. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 66 - 
  
  5.2.  To this end, the main programmes and key measures aimed at easing the constraints 
impairing the business climate concern: (i) promotion of a competitive economic environment through the liberalization and regulation of markets; (ii) revitalizing the High Council for Public-Private Dialogue, creation of an investment promotion agency 
and a Subcontracting Exchange; and (iii) the strengthening of private-sector finance institutions 
with in particular the creation of the Promotion, Guarantee and Support Fund (FIGA) and other economic financing institutions. 
5.3.  With regard to the modernization of the cust oms, flagship measures include: (i) introduction 
of a single window for customs clearance (GUD) for integrated management of operations at the border, and optimization and streamlining of customs clearance procedures, paving the way 
for the introduction of a single window for cross-border operations (GUOT) whose parameters 
are currently being established; (ii) migration from the Sydonia ++ computer system 
to the Sydonia World version; (iii) introduction of a strict management system for electronic waybills; (iv) introduction of a genuine risk analysis system, including a laser scanner inspection 
system for containers; (v) implementation of a training policy geared to needs and better 
management of human resources; (vi) ratification of the revised Kyoto Convention; and (vii) implementation of a genuine partnership between the customs 
and the economic operators. 
5.2  Infrastructure 5.4.  With regard to transport, the Government plans: (i) to pursue and complete the projects 
it has already begun, including the rehabilitation of agricultural roads to facilitate access to major 
production areas; (ii) pay greater attention to maintenance and protection of the ensuing road 
network; (iii) take further measures to improve/expand the inter-urban network and also to accelerate the development of urban infrastructure; and (iv) undertake the construction 
of regional integration links. In addition to strengthening infrastructure - construction, 
rehabilitation and maintenance - the Government intends to pursue its programme of road transport facilitation and measures to ensure more fluid traffic flows. This will involve 
strengthening traffic regulations (rules, road sign s and signals, etc.) and ensuring that they are 
applied strictly, as well as the liberalization of traffic by dismantling non-tariff barriers. The construction of bus stations, resting areas, service stations etc. also falls within this framework. 
5.5.  The Government intends to pursue the development of the merchant marine sector through: 
(i) the improvement of port infrastructure and installations; (ii) the acquisition of maritime navigation, security and safety equipment and facilities; and (iii) the implementation of a maritime 
transport facilitation policy. 
5.6.  The Government is also committed to enhanc ing the security of the railway network through: 
(i) the rehabilitation of track, stations and main tenance workshops; (ii) improvement of traction 
and transport equipment; (iii) replacement and expansion of staff; and (iv) revival 
of the CFCO privatization procedure, and in particular the award of a concession. 
5.7.  Lastly, the Government will pursue its air transport modernization programme through: 
(i) the development of airport facilities throughout  the country; (ii) the strengthening of navigation 
systems and safety equipment and facilities; (iii) densification of the network of weather stations; 
and (iv) monitoring of the activities of air transport operators (travel agencies, tour operators, airline companies, etc.). 
5.8.  In order to tackle the many challenges  in the energy sector and ensure sustainable 
socio-economic development, the Government has drawn up a new strategy including: (i) enhancement of electricity generation, transport and distribution capacities; (ii) intensification 
of rural electrification; (iii) reform of energy sector governance; and (iv) the development 
of renewable energy resources. 
5.9.  With regard to telecommunications an d new technologies, the Government intends: 
(i) to strengthen the institutional and legal framework of the postal services 
and telecommunications sector; (ii) restore local postal services and develop fixed telephony; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 67 - 
  
  (iii) develop and implement a flexible policy adapted to ICTs; (iv) strengthen 
information-producing bodies; and (v) improve national media coverage. 
5.3  Sectoral level 5.10.  The Congo is continuing efforts to boost a num ber of priority sectors in view of their impact 
on national economic development. 
5.11.  Thus, the Government has just adopted a National Development Plan (NDP) 2012-2016, 
which is a road map for leading the country to emergence. 
5.12.  In order to tackle the challenge of industrialization, the Government has a diversification 
and industrialization strategy based on seven clusters of activities with cross-cutting strategies in order to enhance sectoral competitiveness. The programme concerns: (i) agriculture and the agrifood chain; (ii) forestry and th e wood industries; (iii) oil and hydrocarbons; 
(iv) mining; (v) buildings and building materials; (vi) tourism and hotel services; 
and (vii) financial services. 
5.13.  The Government intends to boost its industrial strategy through the establishment 
of Special Economic Zones (ZES) to boost inve stment, ensure local processing of products 
and increase exports. To this end it plans to deve lop the following sectors: (i) the food crop sector 
around urban centres; (ii) the export-oriented agriculture sector; (iii) the mining sector, 
particularly iron ore and other ores (polymetals, potash, magnesium, etc.); and lastly 
(iv) the petroleum and hydrocarbon sector. 
5.4  Agriculture and agrifood chain 5.14.  The Congo has over ten million hectares of arable land, over 90% of which are still 
unexploited. As it is situated on the Equator, the Congo is geographically well placed 
for year-round agricultural production. In addition, two major basins (Congo River and Kouilou-Niari basins) offer great fishery potential. 
5.15.  Despite all this potential, the agricultural sector remains very weak, although world markets 
offer a promising outlook for agricultural and fishery products. A number of factors together account for this situation, in particular: (i) the dominance of small family farms; (ii) lack of skilled 
manpower; (iii) limited use of non-production methods; (iv) lack of financial resources; 
and (v) rural exodus and ageing of the rural economically active population. 
5.16.  The Government has developed a multi-sectoral programme focusing on agriculture, 
in order to make the most of its potential and turn it into one of the engines for transforming 
the Congolese economy. The programme will have the following thrusts: 
- Modernization of family agriculture; 
- Development of industrial agriculture and aquaculture; 
- Organization of production and distribution of inputs; and 
- Land concessions for large-scale industrial farming. 
5.17.  This strategy is expected to yield majo r results in terms of agricultural GDP growth 
and poverty reduction by 2015. 
5.4.1  Environment, forestry and wood industries 5.18.  The forestry sector is the country's second sector, accounting for 5.6% of GDP, 
and 10% of foreign trade, as well as nearly 11,000 direct jobs and about 30,000 indirect jobs. 
Even so, the country is not yet extracting enough revenue from its forests, given the inadequate 
level of processing, its small share of the value chain and inappropriate taxation. 
5.19.  The strategy for this sector is set ou t in the "wood and forestry" plan, which aims 
at: (i) better forestry governance; (ii) generalization of sustainable forestry management; 
and (iii) introduction of a real industrial strategy focusing on the forestry cluster. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 68 - 
  
  5.20.  The main programmes comprise the following: 
5.21.  With regard to sustainable management and development of forestry and fauna resources: 
(i) development of production forests (9,519,690 ha); (ii) enhancement of the value-added of the wood industry (second and third degree processing); (iii) reforestation and regeneration 
of forest resources (1 million ha of plantation s); and (iv) development of parks and protected 
areas (3,680,424 ha). 
5.22.  With regard to sustainable development: (i) strengthening the legal framework 
through the formulation of a sustainable development strategy; and (ii) setting 
up of a National Sustainable Development Commission. 
5.23.  With regard to environmental protection: (i ) protection of the environment and conservation 
of biodiversity; and (ii) promulgation and dissemination of the law on the environment 
and management of wetland areas. 
5.4.2  Petroleum and hydrocarbons 5.24.  The Congo has large reserves of crude petroleum, which recent estimates place 
at about 2 billion barrels or the equivalent of 40 years of production at the current rate. In addition 
to the high quality of its crude, the Congo is also competitive in terms of exploration 
and exploitation costs, which could even improve as  a result of the measures to reform the sector 
and major planned investments. This combination of high potential in terms of both capacity 
and competitiveness promises to make this a real flagship sector with a greater contribution to the financing of the government budget as well as to job creation. 
5.25.  The country also has gas reserves which are amply sufficient to cover the nation's needs 
(about 100 billion m
3), or the equivalent of 20 years of production at the current rate. 
5.26.  The Government will develop an ambitious three-pronged programme to enhance 
the economic value of the hydrocarbons industry, as follows: 
a. increasing refinery capacity through the creation of a new refinery of more 
than 4 million tonnes/year in order to ensure regular supply of petroleum products throughout the country, while also promoting the petrochemical sector by setting up 
petrochemical processing plants. 
b. better management of exploration-production  through the implementation of the new legal 
and tax framework for the "downstream petroleum sector", with the adoption and implementation of a petroleum code and a gas code, and optimization of measures 
to combat pollution resulting from oil exploitation. 
c. creation of a petroleum and gas engineer ing school and continuation of the programme 
to modernize and densify infrastructure in the Pointe-Noire area. 
5.4.3  Mining 
5.27.  The Congo has large mining reserves which remain underexplored and underexploited. 
Mining is essentially non-industrial, although there was an industrial period in the past. 
Several projects to exploit potash, polymetals and iron ore could soon begin. 
5.28.  The Government intends to promote small-sca le mining by the organization of the diamond 
and gold subsectors, and to encourage foreign investment and industrial development in the mining sector with a view to promoting exploration, production and local processing 
of minerals. It also intends to organize subcontracting activities through the creation 
of a subcontracting exchange. 
5.29.  With regard to infrastructure and other support services, the Government plans 
to: (i) strengthen basic infrastructure in order to facilitate access to exploitation areas 
(means of transport, energy and water supply); (ii) set up a mining institute in partnership with producers; (iii) implement the reforms aimed at enhancing institutional support and in particular WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 69 - 
  
  implementation of the mining code adopted in  2005; (iv) protect the environment and take 
account of the interests of the population living in the vicinity of mining production areas, ensuring 
that the enterprises concerned comply with thei r social responsibilities; and (v) strengthening 
the protection of the country's mining assets by drawing up an inventory of the mining potential 
and a geological and mining map. 
5.4.4  Buildings and construction materials 5.30.  Implementation of the programme for stre ngthening infrastructure and the high growth 
of private housing construction offer opportunities for the development of the construction 
industry. However, a number of constraints affecting all components of the sector hinder the exploitation of this potential. These constraints are: (i) shortage of building firms; (ii) unreliable building quality; and (iii) organizational shortcomings, including as regards rules 
and standards. 
5.31.  Development of the "buildings and construction materials" cluster will be based 
on three strategic pillars, namely: (i) improvemen t of the performance of the building industry; 
(ii) development of human resources in the sector; and (iii) development of private-sector capacity 
and competitiveness. 
5.32.  Flagship measures include: (i) densification of the interurban network; (ii) further 
development of basic urban infrastructure and construction of social housing; (iii) organization 
of the real-estate sector through appropriate regulation; and (iv) promotion of local building materials, including wood. 
5.4.5  Tourism and hotel industry 
5.33.  The Congo has natural assets for the development of its tourism industry, in particular 
ecotourism and leisure activities. However, the growth of the tourism sector is severely handicapped by major constraints, in particular: (i) the absence of a sectoral development 
strategy; (ii) inadequate hotel infrastructure; (iii) shortcomings of other infrastructure services, 
in particular transport, which raise access costs; (iv) low level of human resources and training institutions; and (v) lack of development and difficulty of access of tourism sites. 
5.34.  In order to increase the contribution of tourism to economic growth and poverty reduction, 
the Government has undertaken to launch a development programme focusing on: (i) strengthening of hotel infrastructure; (ii) implementation of various studies for the development of tourist sites and the necessary investment for this purpose; 
(iii) enhancement of human capacities in this sector, including training schools; 
and (iv) improvement of tourist facilitation and reception conditions at the border. 
5.35.  This programme will make it possible: (i) to develop and promote tourism; (ii) boost foreign 
exchange flows into the country; and (iii) also co ntribute to local and environmental development. 
5.4.6  Financial services 5.36.  With the restructuring of the financial sector, the banking sector has densified, with 
a relatively high level of deposits (46% of GDP), and is increasingly competitive. However, despite 
recent favourable developments, the financial system remains undiversified and heavily dominated by commercial banks, with a clear lack of: (i) business or investment banks; (ii) development banks; and (iii) specialized banks and financial establishments. The level of credit (15% of GDP) 
and the low rate of use of the banking system (about 3%) are still too weak. 
5.37.  In view of the foregoing, the Government has decided to set up a Caisse de dépôts 
et consignations  (Official Deposits and Consignments Fund) to recycle savings collected by social 
security funds on a long-term basis to finance proj ects of public interest. This fund will serve 
as a financial institution to support local authorities and a guarantee fund for enterprises. 
5.38.  In the period 2012-2016 the Government will also devote particular attention 
to the creation of specialized institutions. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 70 - 
  
  5.4.7  Trade 
5.39.  The Congo is a "corridor country" situated on the Equator between the coastal (Atlantic) 
zone and the Sahelian zone. It is a neighbour of  the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), 
which has a population of 65 million inhabitants and is a member of the SADC 
(200 million inhabitants), of which South Africa , the continent's biggest economy, is also 
a member. Above all the Congo is a member of the CEMAC and close to the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS). This unique position, 
bolstered by the Government's strategies of op ening up the economy, boost the scale of the 
domestic market for investors and for exports. 
5.40.  To supplement the supply-side development pl ans in the industrial, agricultural and services 
sectors, the Congo is implementing an action plan for the development of trade and export 
promotion. The goal of this plan is to increase significantly the volume of trade, and measure 
the particularly concentrated on the promotion of priority product-market pairs that have previously been identified. 
5.4.7.1  New trade policy framework of the Congo 
5.41.  The Government has embarked on the fo rmulation of a new policy which should provide 
clear and transparent guidelines for the implemen tation of its programme relating to domestic 
and foreign trade. Trade policy is thus developed through a comprehensive and integrated process 
based on extensive analysis and broad consultation s with stakeholders, including the private sector 
and civil society. The main goal is to favour a coherent and stable environment in which the private sector operates efficiently and safely. 
5.42.  The basic principle underlying trade policy is that the private sector is the engine of growth 
while the government creates a favourable environment for trade in order to stimulate private-sector initiative. The strategic orientations relate to six thematic areas that are the pillars 
of the policy. These areas and the issues involved are as follows. 
5.43.  International trade : Multilateral trade issues (WTO participation); 
regional and subregional integration (CEMAC, ECCAS) and continental integration (African Union); 
bilateral trade agreements, including the economic partnership agreement being negotiated with 
the EU and the United States AGOA. 
5.44.  Import-export regime : tariff and non-tariff measures; rules of origin; quotas and tariff 
quotas; import control; export incentives. 
5.45.  Trade facilitation : customs clearance, transit trade; TBT and SPS measures; 
and export financing. 
5.46.  Domestic trade and distribution : setting of domestic prices; encouragement of domestic 
trade; trade credit; trade infrastructure; development of trade and services; and promotion 
of local manufactured products. 
5.47.  Consumer protection and fair trade : consumer health and safety; economic interests 
of consumers; access to appropriate information; consumption and the environment; 
consumer representation; and competition and government procurement policy. 
5.48.  Intellectual property rights : protection of intellectual property rights 
and technology transfer. 
5.4.7.2  National Trade Development Programme 
5.49.  The National Trade Development Programme (PNDC) that is being formulated 
is a three-year strategic plan (2014-2016) to support the trade sector aimed 
at the implementation of the measures contained in the national trade policy. Its goals 
are to enhance the Congo's competitiveness on international and domestic markets, and improve the legal, regulatory and operational business environment. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 71 - 
  
  5.50.  The PNDC comprises a set of measures relating to the various components of trade policy. 
Their aim is to promote accelerated growth underpinned by two parallel strategies: 
- export promotion; and 
- industrialization geared to the domestic and regional market. 
5.51.  Some of the main objectives of the programme focus on: 
5.52.  Improving the domestic commercial environment in particular by: (i) improving 
conditions of access to the profession of trader; (ii) implementation of competition and consumer 
protection law; (iii) creation of a mediation and arbitration institution; (iv) introduction of a fair 
and transparent import-export regime; (v) re ducing the burden of parafiscal measures; 
and (vi) trade facilitation. 
5.53.  Taking advantage of regional integrat ion and international trade cooperation , 
in particular by: (i) strengthening the integration of the CEMAC area; (ii) strengthening 
the integration of the ECCAS area; and (iii) strengthening international trade cooperation. 
5.54.  Strengthening trade policy instruments  in particular by: (i) implementation of an export 
strategy for better support to enterprises in winnin g external markets; (ii)  establishment of trade 
defence instruments (anti-dumping, anti-subsidy, quotas, obstacles to trade); (iii) creation of quality control laboratories; (iv) establishment of certification bodies for standards 
and metrology; (v) improvement of distribution; (vi) construction of storage and conservation 
facilities for products; (vii) revitalization of the chambers of commerce; (viii) construction of exhibition centres; and (ix) revitalization of trade in services. 
6  CONCLUSION 
6.1.  Many observers concur that the Congolese economy has made great progress over the 
last five years in terms of improving the go vernance of the various sectors of activity, 
improvement of the country's public finances and stabilization of growth. 
6.2.  The efforts thus accomplished need to be pursued in order to consolidate these gains 
and also to bring about a further transformation of the economic and social environment. 
6.3.  The Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper (PRSP), National Development Plan 2012-2016, 
which lays down the guidelines for the coming years, is set in this context and will doubtless 
provide the Congolese economy with the boost it is still lacking in order genuinely to take off. 
6.4.  The trade policy to be implemented from  this perspective also seeks to strengthen 
the harmonization on the Congo's trade legislation with the WTO Rules. To this end the Congo 
needs support through Aid for Trade so that it can better deal with the constraints linked with 
the implementation of the WTO agreements, in particular the notifications mechanism and the trade-facilitation agreement. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 72 - 
  
  REPORT BY GABON 
1  INTRODUCTION 1.1.  Since its last Trade Policy Review in  2007, Gabon has continued and even increased 
the strategic reforms needed to diversify its economy and improve the well-being of its people. 
1.2.  Although it has abundant natural resource s which have raised average per capita income 
to the level found in upper middle-income countries, Gabon still faces important economic and social development challenges. The national economy is still highly dependent on oil, 
making it vulnerable to the volatility of international prices. 
1.3.  In order to address these challenges, in 2009 the new Gabonese authorities launched 
an ambitious development plan called the Stra tegic Plan for an Emerging Gabon (PSGE), 
which aims to turn Gabon into a diversified emerging economy by 2025. 
1.4.  After the death, in June 2009, of President Omar Bongo Ondimba, who had led 
the country for several decades, the election of the current Chief of State, His Excellency Mr Ali Bongo Ondimba, in August of  the same year, set the course of Gabon's future 
on the path of political renewal marked by a firm resolve to ensure peace, political stability, 
and socio-economic development grounded in strong, diversified, and employment-creating growth. The underlying vision of the Future with Co nfidence social project, on the basis of which 
the current president was elected, rests on three concepts: i) industrial Gabon, focused on local 
processing of forest and mining resources; ii) service-centred Gabon, focused on the development 
of high value-added services; and iii) green Gabon, focused on the development of environmental and agricultural resources. 
1.5.  The objective of the major projects under wa y is to equip the country with effective economic 
infrastructure and to turn it into a regional platform, to diversify the economy based on high value–added projects, and to reform the business environment to make Gabon more attractive 
to investors. 
1.6.  Thoroughly convinced of the importan ce of an open economy and of trade to 
a nation's prosperity, Gabon, very early on, committed to an irreversible process of liberalization 
and openness to the world, chiefly through the following: 
 The furthering of regional integration in Central Africa through CEMAC and ECCAS; 
 the establishment of an environment favourable to business development 
and investment; 
 the expansion and diversification of the country's trade and economic relationships with 
its main partners; 
 the simplification of its foreign trade procedures; and 
 its belief in the multilateral trading system. 
1.7.  Gabon has thus enjoyed renewed strong economic growth despite the global crisis. It has been able to maintain its macroeconomic balance by launching large structuring projects 
and establishing sectoral strategies aimed at re configuring and diversifying its exportable supply 
based on its significant potential and the new requirements of the world market. 
1.8.  Having attracted a significant influx of foreign direct investment (FDI) in recent years, 
Gabon has been able to implement these pr oactive strategies, which are based on the 
development of its energy, mining, forestry, tourism, farming, and agro-industrial potential. 
2  MACROECONOMIC ACHIEVEMENTS AND PERSPECTIVES 2.1  National economic growth: Strong growth in the diversification process 
2.1.  Since 2010, the Gabonese economy has performed well. During the 2010-2012 period, 
economic activity experienced sustained growth, with an average GDP (gross domestic product) 
growth rate of 6.4%, or five points above the average for the 2007-2009 period. 
This improvement in economic activity was under pinned by the robust performance of the non-oil WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 73 - 
  
  sector (9.6% on average for the period), which benefitted from the confirmed climate of stability 
and the ambition on the part of the new authorit ies to diversify the sources of growth. The major 
projects and reforms undertaken translated into a substantial rise in activity in the building and public works sector (30.6%) and the wood indu stry (49.7%), and increased investment in the 
mining sector, which posted 25.9% growth. 
2.2.  Nevertheless, the Gabonese economy still shows a low degree of diversification and remains 
largely dependent on oil production and the international market for wood and manganese, 
which are the primary engines of growth. 
2.3.  Since 2009, the new authorities have decided to focus on stimulating the private sector as 
an engine of growth. In this regard, significan t progress was made during the 2010-2011 period. 
This included a move toward liberalization and economic openness, which translated into the 
opening of several sectors to competition within a regulated framework. The institutional and 
regulatory frameworks are being strengthened with , chiefly, the establishment of structures such 
as the Business Development Centre (CDE) and the Agency for the Promotion of Investment and 
Exports (APIEX), which will facilitate the process for investors. 
2.2  Streamlined manageme nt of public finances 
2.4.  The Government has improved management of  public resources through State spending cuts, 
medium-term expenditure frameworks (MTEFs), an d better spending options through priority 
targeting of the social and infrastructure sectors. 
2.5.  In addition, the fight against corruption and misappropriation of funds and the promotion 
of transparency and good governance have be come cardinal values in public service. 
2.6.  As regards public and semi-public enterpri ses, an assessment of privatization is planned. 
The lessons drawn will enable shortcomings to be remedied and contracts to be renegotiated where necessary within the framework of  a new private-public partnership. 
2.2.1  Ongoing budget reform: significant progress 
2.7.  The budget reform on which Gabon embarked some years ago has made significant headway. 
The adoption in 2010 of the Organic Law on the finance and budget execution laws (LOLFEB), 
the development of a medium-term expenditure framework on a central, sectoral, and institutional 
level, and the repositioning of the Central Directorates of Financial Affairs (DCAF) as decentralized units of the General Budget Department all bear witness to the progress made. Along the same lines, substantial advances were made in establishing the first MTEF, which will serve as the basis 
for subsequent budget planning exercises. This  instrument, which was already tested out for 
the preparation of the 2012 budget, also enable s the PSGE to be implemented and the budget 
to be brought into line with this development stra tegy. In order to work towards the goal of better 
governance of public finances, the various administrations now have a formal framework within 
which to plan the use of their budget appropriations, pursuant to the principle of financial commitment planning underpinned by procurement plans, so as to clarify disbursement forecasts 
for public auditors, on the basis of consistent and realistic cashflow plans. 
2.8.  Since 2009, the authorities have also endeavoured to substantially improve 
budget management and the quality of public spending. These efforts have led the Government to adopt effective instruments and create an institutional framework suitable for 
development-results-based management. 
2.2.2  Budget revenue 2.9.  In 2011, budget revenue amounted to CFAF 2,646.8 billion and total costs 
to CFAF 2,092 billion, making a surplus of CFAF 554.8 billion. 
2.10.  Own resources increased by 30.4% to CFAF 2,511.24 billion, CFAF 1,460.1 billion of which 
was oil revenue (58.14% of government revenue).  Non-oil revenue amounted to 1,062.3 billion 
at the end of 2011, representing an increase of 25.2% in comparison with 2010. This increase was WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 74 - 
  
  essentially due to an 82.5% increase in direct duties and taxes, which amounted 
to CFAF 428.6 billion, in contrast to 234.9 billion in 2010. 
2.11.  New credit in 2011, exclusively in the form of loans related to investment projects, 
greatly exceeded forecasts (CFAF 249.8 billion compared with CFAF 85.6 billion).  
2.2.3  Budget expenditure 
2.12.  During the 2010-2012 period, the State budget experienced growth sustained by the major 
projects which had been launched since 2010 in order to implement the objective of making Gabon 
an "emerging" country by 2025. Significant budge tary progress was noted, with 24.6% growth 
expected for the period 2010-2012, reflecting increased public investment and improved living conditions. Over the same period, expenditure forecasts rose from 2,214.8 billion to 2,759.6 billion, broken down as follows: 43.4% in current expenses, 37.9% in capital 
expenses, 17.4% in debt servicing, and 1.2% in loans, deposits, and advances. 
2.13.  Actual budget expenditure increased from 2,325.7 billion in 2010 to 2,405.8 billion in 2011, 
broken down as follows: 39.6% in current expend iture, 38.8% in capital expenditure, and 21.4% 
in debt servicing. The increase in budget expe nditure during the period was driven by current 
expenses, which grew by 25.9% as a result of the following: (i) measures taken to improve the purchasing power of operators (a rise in the guaranteed minimum inter-occupational wage 
(SMIG), housing allowance, and travel allowance); (ii) increased access to healthcare (operational 
phase of the National Health Insurance and Soci al Security Fund (CNAMGS)); (iii) improvement 
of students' living conditions (student grant increase and its level-based adjustment); (iv) the budgetary impact of organizing the 2 012 African Cup of Nations and the recurrent costs 
incurred by the related infrastructure); and (v) re cruitment in the defence and security forces 
and in the education and health sectors. 
2.14.  Growth in spending responded to the n eed to increase the resources devoted to the 
implementation of key measures and projects within the framework of the PSGE and poverty 
reduction. To that end, capital expenditure during the 2010-2012 period was primarily dedicated to basic infrastructure (roadways, education, and health). 
2.2.4  Debt 
2.15.  Execution of national debt obligations is part of the ongoing implementation of measures 
to reduce the State's foreign and domestic debt. In 2011, aside from debt cancellation, debt servicing totalled 364.1 billion against a forecast of 396.2 billion, i.e. an execution rate 
of 91.9%. Conversely, in 2010, debt servicing totalled 639.9 billion against a forecast 
of 444.8 billion. This overspending demonstrat es the need for the Government to restore 
its credibility vis-à-vis  its creditors. 
2.2.5  Prices and inflation control 
2.16.  To combat inflation, prices are checked monthly for a sample of 166 common consumer 
products in 120 sales outlets in Libreville, with  a view to determining the average quarterly, 
half-yearly and annual variation in the consumer price index. 
2.17.  Despite a significant increase in food pric es in mid-2012, inflation, at an annual average 
of approximately 3%, remains under control and complies with the CEMAC's convergence criteria. To counter the high cost of living, in September 2012, the Gabonese Government decided 
to temporarily suspend taxes and customs duties on nine categories of staple products. This daring 
measure has already produced positive effects, reversing the price trend since its introduction. 
A tripartite commission composed of economic operators, associations of economic operators, 
and consumer associations has thus been established. 
2.18.  In addition, the Directorate-General of Competition and Consumer Affairs sees to improved 
regulation of the market by competition. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 75 - 
  
  2.2.6  Wages 
2.19.  The overall payroll in the modern sector rose by 8.1% to CFAF 1,349.1 billion, compared 
with CFAF 1,248.4 billion in 2011, reflecting the wage increase in the private sector (10.6%) and in public administration (3.2%). 
2.2.7  Employment 
2.20.  The employment situation is relatively prec arious. The oil sector, a pillar of the Gabonese 
economy, has had only a marginal impact on the employment sector. The unemployment rate 
remains worrisome. It is estimated at over 20%. 15 to 24 year olds remain the most affected, 
followed by 25 to 34 year olds. The Government has accordingly been recruiting in public administration (health, education, and the defence and security forces). The launch of major infrastructure work, the exploitation of new mineral deposits, and the decision to ban the export 
of logs encouraged job creation during the 2010-2012 period. 
2.21.  In 2011, there was a 12.6% increase in the overall level of employment, mainly due to the 
increase in public sector employees, especially in the social sectors (education, health, and social 
affairs), defence, and security. 
2.22.  Private sector employment increased by 8% in 2011. This variation was mainly due to the 
increase in employment in the wood industry  and in public works and civil engineering. 
2.2.8  Balance of payments 
2.23.  The overall balance of payments showed  a significant increase in 2011, going from 
CFAF -54.4 billion to CFAF 240.9 billion. This ch ange was due to an improvement of the deficit 
in capital movements, despite a decline in current account transactions. 
2.24.  The trade surplus rose by 29.4% to CFAF 3,249.1 billion in relation to 2011. The rise 
in exports (+26.6%), greater than that in import s (+20.7%), explains this trend. The increase 
in the value of exports was mainly related to improved oil and manganese sales, which grew 
by 26.6% and 46.2% respectively. The trend in imports was the result of increased expenses 
of oil-sector operators (+24%, or CFAF 52.8 billion). 
2.3  Recent good governance initiatives 
2.25.  In terms of governance, Gabon has recent ly taken a certain number of initiatives aimed 
at developing sound democratic practices and ensuring transparent management of public resources. 
2.26.  To this end, the action plan of the Nati onal Programme for Good Governance and Capacity 
Building (PNBGRC) was updated and validated on 6 July 2011. 
2.27.  The objectives of the PNBGRC are as follows: 
- To accelerate the State reorganization process, in order to clarify the missions of the public 
service, the private sector, and civil society; 
- to rationalize the status and functions of ministries and public institutions having specific 
missions in order to avoid overlaps, redundancies, and misuse of public resources; 
- to ensure organizational and technical capacity building for the Legislature and the 
Judiciary and advisory institutions; 
- to improve the electoral system through a comprehensive reform of the institutional 
and technical framework for revision of the electoral lists, the introduction of biometrics, 
and the issuance of elector cards; 
- to revise legal texts and build up the capacities of judicial institutions with a view 
to making the justice system more e fficient, independent, and credible; 
- to advance the decentralization process, so as to ensure the effective accountability 
of local elected officials and the professionalization of local authorities; and 
- to ensure capacity building in the private sector and civil society organizations. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 76 - 
  
  2.28.  On 21 October 2011, the Gabonese authorities signed a memorandum of understanding 
in preparation for the launch of the African Peer Review Mechanism (APRM) process within the framework of the New Partnership for Africa's Development (NEPAD). 
2.4  Gabon's strong drawing power for foreign direct investment 
2.29.  To ensure the development of its natural resources, Gabon adopted, very early 
on, an attitude and legal texts conducive to foreign investment. Its oil-based economic prosperity, its advantageous geographical location, its political and social stability, its membership in the franc 
zone, and the quality of its investment facilities are the reasons for which Gabon has been able 
to attract numerous foreign investors in several sectors. 
2.30.  Since 2009, the new authorities have intended to forge ahead on this path and encourage 
the diversification of economic partners and investment by further facilitating administrative 
procedures. A legal and regulatory framework favourable to public-private partnerships will 
promptly be established in order to promote major involvement of the domestic and foreign 
private sector in all the country's major projects. In this respect, the Investment Charter 
is no longer a functional and effective tool. It is currently being amended in keeping with the new 
public policy on investment. APIEX, which should be provided with an SME support fund, today provides crucial leverage for the implementation of this new policy through promotional 
measures, forums primarily aimed at potential investors. Gabon has thus hosted large events such 
as the New York Forum Africa (NYFA), which in June 2012 brought to Libreville more than 600 investors from every continent. The seco nd edition of NYFA will also be held in 
the Gabonese capital in 2013. 
2.5  Incentive measures for investment promotion 
2.31.  The promotion of investment in all priority economic sectors requires a certain number 
of facilities in order to attract FDI. Significant land-use regulatory reforms are currently under way 
for this purpose. They chiefly concern: 
- Reducing waiting times for obtaining deeds of property; 
- simplifying the procedure (reducing it from 164 steps to eight steps); and 
- creating an agency for urban planning, the land registry, and topographic works which 
provides a single window to facilitate land-use operations. 
2.32.  These measures will provide potential investors with appropriate venues for business development as expeditiously as possible. 
2.33.  Gabon's strategy consists of giving inve stors incentives which translate into advantages 
granted to companies wanting to set up in special economic zones (Nkok special economic zone, Franceville agricultural zone, and Mandji Island economic zone) or operate in certain industry 
sectors (e.g., agriculture, tourism, housing and wood). 
2.34.  These advantages consist primarily of a ten-year tax exemption on profits, full exemption 
from VAT and customs duties, and the freedom to repatriate 100% of funds. Incentives are also 
granted in special economic zones, as well as the tax concessions provided for in the General Tax 
Code and in specific codes (e.g., agriculture, tourism, mining, hydrocarbons, housing), which are a practical examples of implementation of the plan in support of businesses seeking to set 
up in Gabon. 
2.35.  In total, since 2010, these reforms have attracted more than US$4 billion in FDI under 
contracts signed with American, Asian, European, and other companies. For example, the Gabonese State signed a strategic partne rship agreement with Olam International. 
Between 2011 and 2022, the Singaporean group expect s to invest nearly US$2.5 billion in various 
sectors in Gabon, including the development of  special economic zones, wood processing, 
and palm oil cultivation. 
2.36.  These significant investments are expected to have major spin-offs throughout 
Gabonese territory with a record of success in wood processing and manganese mining. The other sectors positively affected by these public policies are ports, airports, and roadways, which, consequently, benefit from an upgrading to international standards. The resulting WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 77 - 
  
  infrastructure raises the profile of the PSGE an d is a source of wealth and employment in the 
national economy. 
2.6  Steady rise in the Human Development Index (HDI) 2.37.  According to the last UNDP Human Development Report, published on 14 March 2013, 
Gabon ranks 106 out of 189 countries. This is the best HDI in sub-Saharan Africa, 
and the country's average (0.683) is nearly the same as the world average (0.694). Between 1980 and 2012, Gabon's HDI increased by an annual av erage of 1.5%; however, major progress has 
been made since 2010 as a result of solidarity initia tives such as those relating to the effectiveness 
of CNAMGS services. Other national human developm ent indicators, such as those indicated below, 
have also improved. 
2.38.  There has been a marked increase in Gabonese life expectancy, which today is 63.1 years. 
The average length of schooling is stable at 7.5 years, while nearly 13 years of schooling 
are expected in the near future. 
2.39.  Despite significant progress with a view to  attaining certain objectives, the third national 
progress report on the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) noted uncertainty as regards 
the achievement of the poverty-related and heal th-related MDGs (MDG 1 and MDGs 4 and 5, 
respectively). 
3  TRADE POLICY OBJECTIVES AND INSTRUMENTS 
3.1  General trade policy objectives 3.1.  Gabon continues to deal with structural cons traints. It is a net importer of food products, 
exports are concentrated and little diversified, the cost of living is high, the economy is not very 
competitive, and the local market is narrow. To remedy these constraints, the Government's trade 
policy pursues the following general objectives: 
 To adequately supply domestic markets and satisfy domestic needs; 
 to ensure regulation of and competition in domestic and foreign markets; 
 to promote the services sector (e.g., financ ial services, telecommunications, ecological 
services, business services); 
 to promote a policy of industrialization, tourism and crafts; 
 to effectively protect Gabonese consumers; 
 to increase subregional integration; and 
 to develop a strategy aimed at making better use of the multilateral trading system. 
3.2  Gabon's participation in the international trade negotiations 
3.2.  As a founding Member of the WTO, Gabon is involved in the ongoing negotiations at the 
WTO, in accordance with the Doha Development Agenda. In these negotiations, 
Gabon, standing by the positions of the African Group and the Group of 77 (G-77), 
places particular emphasis on the following matters: 
- The progressive liberalization of trade in services, which constitutes an important pillar 
of the country's development; 
- the building up of production and supply capacities, including the diversification 
of developing countries' exports; 
- the effective implementation of the Aid for Trade initiative stemming from the Hong Kong 
Ministerial Conference; and 
- the simplification and harmonizatio n of preferential rules of origin. 
3.3.  Like the other CEMAC member countries, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, 
and Sao Tome and Principe, Gabon is also a participant in the negotiations on an economic 
partnership agreement (EPA) with the European Union (EU). These negotiations, jointly conducted by ECCAS and CEMAC, should, eventually, lead to the finalization of the EPA, an agreement which 
is consistent with WTO rules and which should repl ace the non-reciprocal preferential trade regime 
of the Cotonou Agreement. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 78 - 
  
  3.4.  In addition, since September 2010, Gabon has been negotiating a voluntary partnership 
agreement (VPA) with the EU. This participatory process, which aims to eradicate illegal logging, is the concrete outcome of a long phase of information and preparation, initiated in 2007, concerning the Action Plan for Forest Law Enforcement, Governance  and Trade (FLEGT). 
3.5.  As a country which has been eligible for AGOA (US African Growth and Opportunity Act) 
benefits since 2001, Gabon is currently working on a strategy to make better use of this opportunity to increase exports to the United States. 
3.3  Tariff policy 
Renegotiation of WTO tariff concessions under Article XXVIII of the GATT 3.6.  Since 1995, Gabon had been facing a serious compliance problem regarding its WTO tariff 
concessions. On more than 2400 tariff lines (40% of NAMA lines), the applied rates were higher 
than the WTO bound rates. The last Trade Policy Review raised this issue again in 2007. 
3.7.  As a gesture of good faith with a view to definitively settling this compliance issue, in 2008 
the Government began the process of renegotiating its tariff concessions under Article XXVIII 
of the GATT. 
3.8.  Begun within the framework of the Doha Round, this ongoing renegotiation process 
has already allowed Gabon to benefit from an exception contained in the revised draft (3) 
of the NAMA modalities of 10 July 2008, which was consolidated on 10 December 2008. 
3.9.  This exception grants Gabon small, vuln erable economy (SVE) status, thereby exempting 
it from new tariff reductions and granting it a possible increase in the level of its binding commitments (NAMA) to an average ceiling rate of 20%. 
3.10.  On this basis, Gabon prepared new schedu les of tariff concessions submitted to the WTO, 
and the renegotiation procedures for tariffs bound by Gabon have not yet been completed. 
3.11.  Raising the average bound tariffs to 20% will enable Gabon, inter alia : 
 To cover all the tariff lines on which the rates were found to be in excess (raise the 
bound tariffs to at least the rate of the applied tariffs); 
 to fully apply the current CEMAC CET without changing its current structure; and 
 to benefit from a very useful margin with  a view to addressing future tariff cuts. 
3.4  Customs regime 
3.12.  The customs regime has not fundamentally  changed since the last Trade Policy Review, 
in 2007. Customs duties are governed by the CEMAC Customs Code and Customs Tariff, 
the customs regulations of the Central African Customs and Economic Union (UDEAC), 
national legislation and agreements. 
3.13.  It should be noted that there are st ill a number of distortions regarding some 
of Gabon's tariff lines. These departures from th e CEMAC tariff are, however, based on the desire 
to protect the embryonic industrial fabric, the need to help communities to obtain cheaper healthcare, and the urgency of combating the high cost of living. 
3.5  Export taxes 
3.14.  The export of undressed timber, which unt il January 2010 was subject to 17% duty, is now 
banned. On manganese, Customs levies export duties of 3.5% of the market value. 
3.15.  Apart from these products, all other exports are free of customs duties and taxes. 
3.16.  Exemptions and suspensions of duties ar e granted under agreements or by government 
decision. They are also granted in the context of investment incentives. Sugar, refined palm oil, 
and household soaps are subject to a de facto import ban. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 79 - 
  
  3.6  Trade facilitation 
3.17.  As regards trade facilitation, the foll owing measures have recently been taken: 
- In July 2008, with the help of certain development partners, Gabon performed its own 
trade facilitation needs assessment; this exercise, carried out with the participation of all 
the national stakeholders, enabled a stock-taking of trade facilitation in Gabon and made 
it possible to organize priorities within the framework of an action plan developed 
by the National Committee established for this purpose; 
- UNCTAD and of Annex D organizations (OECD,  World Bank, WCO, IMF) provided support 
within the framework of the 2012 review of n eeds, with the active participation of the 
various stakeholders; 
- material handling cranes were installed at Port Owendo in 2012; 
- the project to install import and export scanners in 2013 was drawn up; and 
- the project for the establishment of a single window to facilitate import-export operations 
was prepared. 
3.7  Updated trade regulations 
3.18.  In July 2008, Gabon completed an important project involving the codification of its trade 
regulations; this equipped Gabon with a single Trade Code incorporating the OHADA Uniform Acts 
and all the legislative texts governing trade activities in a progressive and effective manner 
conducive to the development of the private sector. 
3.19.   The Trade Code aims to be: 
 Comprehensive in that it incorporates the OHADA Uniform Acts, the CEMAC regional 
regulations and other international agreements, and the various legislative texts relating 
to commercial activities; 
 consistent in that it takes into account the repealing effect of the OHADA Uniform Acts 
and excludes contrary and/or repealed provisions; and 
 widely available in that it is compiled in a single document which is easily accessible 
to all economic operators. 
3.20.  Work is under way to update the Trade Code in accordance with the requirements 
of a constantly changing business world. 
4  IMPROVEMENT OF THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 4.1.  The goal of the PSGE is to make Gabon a country with a world-class business environment. 
This vision will materialize through the ranking of Gabon in the top ten African countries 
in the Doing Business report by 2020. By then, th e country should consistently be among the top 
five reforming countries in the world. 
4.1  Streamlining the private sector support system 
4.2.  The objective is to simplify the system in  support of the private sector by enabling business 
development without administrative obstacles, ensuring proper guidance of businesses 
by intermediary organizations, and implemen ting mechanisms which ensure good business 
governance. More specifically, this entails: 
- Making the Chamber of Commerce an attractive organization which offers its members 
high-quality services (e.g., establishment of certified management centres, an arbitration 
centre, a business formalities centre to facilitate the creation of enterprises); 
- establishing a strong investment and export promotion agency; - creating the Business Development Centre (C DE), which includes one-stop service for 
business development, formerly the responsibi lity of the now-defunct Private Investment 
Promotion Agency (APIP); 
- simplifying the institutional structure and grouping the support organizations involved 
in the financing of the private sector; and 
- strengthening the operational capacity of support structures such as PROMOGABON, 
the agency for SME promotion. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 80 - 
  
  4.2  Updating of the lega l and judicial framework 
4.3.  The establishment of an environment favourable to the private sector requires profound 
reform of the legal and judicial framework. 
4.4.  To this end, the following measures are planned: 
 The establishment of a legal reform commission authorized to amend legal texts, 
ensuring their legal consistency and compliance with strategic guidelines; 
 the promotion of domestic and international arbitration to offer private operators 
and international investors a business dispute settlement system which is up to the 
standards of international best practices; and 
 the establishment of commercial courts to ensure  reliability and efficiency in the judicial 
processing of trade disputes. 
4.3  Improvement of public-private dialogue 
4.5.  The aim of government authorities is to promote a framework for private sector consultation 
which is effective and focused on national priorities. The idea is to inspire international best 
practices in the field and ensure that both current  and potential investors are fully involved in the 
reforms planned. 
4.6.  Two major projects seek to make this vision a reality. They entail: 
 The establishment of the Presidential Council  on Investment, tasked with harmonizing 
the administration's reforms with the objectives of Emerging Gabon; and 
 increasing the visibility of professional organizations in order to make them vital partners 
in influencing and contributing to any matters affecting the private sector. 
4.4  Tax reform 
4.7.  Gabon has a new General Tax Code (CGI), which entered into force in May 2009. The new 
Code takes up and incorporates the requirem ents of community law (CEMAC and OHADA), 
the recommendations of development partners (the IMF in particular) and the tax provisions 
contained in successive finance laws. 
4.8.  The objectives of the new CGI are: harmonization, accessibility, and simplification in respect 
of both wording and procedures. The major innovations resulting from tax reform concern all kinds 
of duties and taxes, procedures, structures, and the forestry sector. 
4.9.  Duties and taxes: 
- The clarification of tax regimes in respect of profits and income tax (basic regime, 
simplified tax regime, and tax on actual income); 
- the establishment of tax credits for new employment and for tourism investment; - the definition of specific tax regimes for new businesses, corporate families, and the 
remuneration of company executives; 
- personal income tax (IRPP) reform which aims to bring the maximum tax rate 
from 50% to 30%; 
- the reassertion of the principle according to which parafiscal taxes are within the scope 
of the law (LF2004 and Article 2 of the GTC); 
- the reorganization of local taxation (streamlining existing taxes by eliminating double 
taxation between State taxes and local taxes). 
4.10.  Tax procedures: 
- The establishment of a handbook of tax procedures; 
- the transfer of jurisdiction over matters of tax collection from the Treasury 
to the Directorate-General of Taxation; 
- the harmonization and unification of procedural rules; - the establishment of a distinction between di sputes regarding tax assessment and disputes 
regarding tax collection; and WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 81 - 
  
  - the development of procedures in respec t of deferment of payment, compensation, 
and settlement as regards tax issues. 
4.11.  Overall, these provisions aim to update the tax system by clarifying the relationship 
between the administration and the taxpayer, and, consequently, to improve the business 
environment and tax governance in Gabon. 
4.12.  Structural reforms: 
 The establishment of the Directorate of Large Enterprises (DGE) and of tax centres 
to make the administration more accessible to the taxpayer; 
 the establishment of a single tax contact (IFU) per industry sector; 
 the implementation of tax expenditure assessment software; and 
 the acquisition of e-procedure software (tax filing and payment). 
4.13.  Forestry taxes: 
 In terms of the surface area tax, the refo rm aims for greater simplification with 
the establishment of a single tax, regardless of the nature or the degree of forestry 
development. To that effect, the new Article 316 of the General Tax Code (LF 2013) 
extends the scope of the tax to holders of  permits by private agreement. The new 
Article 318 of the General Tax Code (LF 2013) simplifies and harmonizes surface area 
tax rates. Under this law, the surface area tax has a single rate of CFAF 400 per ha, 
whether or not the concession has been developed or is temporarily closed to development. 
 In terms of the felling tax, the purpose of the reform is to prevent the excesses 
identified by Customs, including unfair co mpetition among sector operators leading 
to loss of revenues for the State. Article 13 of the 2013 Finance Law replaced "exports in the form of undressed timber or of processed products intended for local processing 
or consumption" with "development involving undressed timber or processed 
or semi-finished products intended fo r export." The felling tax is set at: 
- 3% for undressed timber; and 
- 1.5% for processed or semi-finished products. 
4.14.  In respect of other duties and taxes, the Forestry Code provides for additional upstream 
and downstream taxes. Forestry charges are added to these additional taxes. 
4.15.  Tax assessment and tax collection operations, as well as the revenue generated by these 
taxes, are unpredictable. This chiefly concerns: 
- The renewal tax: payable upon concession renewal by the holder of an Associated Forestry 
Permit (PFA) or of a Sustainable Forest Concession (CFAD ) at the rate of CFAF 300; 
- the transfer tax: collected upon the transfer of a concession to a third party by the holder 
of a PFA at the rate of CFAF 1,000 per ha; 
- the chainsaw processing tax: set at 5% of the market value of the species sawn; 
- the leasing tax: Set at 5% of the royalties paid to the permit holder; 
- forestry charges (Article 326 et seq.): forestry charges relate to technical services 
rendered to holders by the forest and water departments; these services entail the following fees: 
CFAF 1,000 per foot of timber marking; 
CFAF 2,500 per ha under exploration; and CFAF 2,500 per kilometre of trails opened. 
4.5  A framework more favourable to th e protection of industrial property 
4.16.  A founding Member of the WTO, Gabon has signed the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects 
of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS). To meet  the requirement of incorporating this Agreement 
in their legal system, Gabon and the other members of the African Intellectual Property 
Organization (OAPI) revised the Bangui Agreement to amend the deficiencies of the Act of 1999 and bring it into line with the minimum st andards of protection established by the 
TRIPS Agreement. The revised Bangui Agreement entered into force on 28 February 2002 
and legislates industrial property in each  of the 16 OAPI Member States. To monitor 
the implementation of the TRIPS Agreement, on  28 January 2003, the Government established WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 82 - 
  
  the Industrial Property Centre of Gabon (CEP IG). The objectives and performance agreement 
between the State and CEPIG centres on the following three points: 
 (1) To raise awareness of and promote industri al property rights throughout the country. 
The objective was implemented through the organization, in November 2012, of the first 
annual National Industrial Property Week, which included a National Invention 
and Technological Innovation Fair (SNIIT) and the Presidential Award for the best 
invention. In pursuit of this objective, CEPIG established a national outreach programme 
to discuss, provide information on, and pr omote industrial property throughout 
the country. 
 (2) To promote the protection of and ensure  oversight and management of the property 
titles issued. The objective seeks to innovate; it aims to help title holders enhance 
the status of these titles by giving them a market value. The associated measures relate 
to the following: 
 Distinctive signs (industrial designs and marks): To encourage businesses to further 
secure their industrial property rights. In 2013, the Distinctive Signs Department 
expects to receive 250 applications for deposit from businesses. 
 Patents: To encourage owners to apply for the funds made available to them by OAPI 
to promote their inventions. CEPIG, the focal point of the Assistance Fund for 
the Promotion of Invention (FAPI), has compiled a list of six files on the 2012 SNIIT award-winning inventors in order to have their work funded by OAPI. At the same time, CEPIG foresees the establishment of a support fund for invention and research. 
A working committee is already developing this project. A special national grant will 
be created to take research and development into account through the integration of research centres, universities, higher education institutions, and all sectors 
associated with industrial development. 
 (3) The fight against intellectual property infringement. One of the trade rules of 
the Act of 1999 to be incorporated into the national legislation of every WTO Member 
concerns intellectual property infringement. To put this provision into practice, 
Gabon plans to establish, over a three-year period, a Counterfeiting, Unfair Competition, and Piracy Unit. 
4.17.  As regards geographical indications (GI), on the request of OAPI, CEPIG prepared a list 
of 10 GI-eligible products, including Okoumé wood ( Aucoumea klaineana ). A fact sheet is being 
prepared by the CEPIG Geographical Indications Department. It describes Mbigou stone (from Mbigou, a city in central Gabon), the famous hallucinogenic plant Iboga, and 
Gabonese sardines, which are abundant along the 800 km of Gabon's coasts. 
4.18.  CEPIG is currently developing the legal and regulatory framework (national law) to establish 
the National Committee by 30 June 2013. The Na tional Committee is the authority which will 
oversee and regulate the procedures concerning the administration and management of GIs 
registered in Gabon. 
4.19.  Since 1982, the protection of copyright and related rights has been entrusted to the 
National Agency for Promotion of the Arts and Culture (ANPAC). 
4.20.  As regards the specific administrati on of copyright, Decree No. 472/MENESTFPCIS 
of
 10 October 2012 established the Gabonese Bureau of Copyright and Related Rights (BUGADA), 
which began operations on 1 January 2013. The Government thus undertakes to settle the claims 
of Gabonese authors who have not received compensation on a par with their work. BUGADA 
can collect copyright fees from natural or legal persons using works of authorship in public places, and it can distribute these fees among the au thors of these works. BUGADA soon expects 
to articulate the terms and conditions which must be met in order for Gabonese artists, publishers, 
and producers to receive their fees by the end of 2013. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 83 - 
  
  4.6  An improved environment for standardization 
4.21.  The Gabonese Government had hitherto entrusted the National Agency for Technology 
Transfer (ANTT) with, inter alia , standardization, accreditation, certification, the promotion 
of quality in productive activities, and the establishment of a framework suitable for the 
development of metrology. The Government ha d also tasked the ANTT with the promotion 
of national policy on standardization, qu ality management, and technology transfer. 
On 4 April 2013, the Government adopted a draft law on the establishment and powers of 
the Gabonese Standards Agency (AGANOR), which supersedes the ANTT. 
4.22.  The Government also adopted Decree No. 0341/PR/MIM of 28 February 2013, 
which establishes the national standards conformity assessment system, and a draft law establishing the national standardization system. The law on the national metrology system 
is under review by the Government. 
4.23.  In Gabon, the initiative to develop a standard may come from the public authorities, 
consumer associations, or economic operators (producers). The ANTT coordinates all activities 
associated with the study and adoption of standards. 
4.24.  As at 31 December 2012, Gabon had 11 (voluntary) standards in the following areas: 
the agri-food industry, building and civil engin eering, and tourism and associated activities. 
24 standards are at the public inquiry stage, and nearly 150 others are in the process of being 
adopted. They are all based on international standards. 
4.25.  Recently created, the ANTT has not yet begun certification and accreditation activities. 
These are carried out in collaboration with international groups such as Afnor France, DNV France, 
and VERITAS. As regards conformity assessment, the ANTT has signed agreements with 
two international partners, the Turkish Standards Institution (TSE) and INTERTEK France, to begin this activity by the end of 2013. 
4.26.  Gabon has been a member of the Internatio nal Organization for Standardization (ISO) since 
1 January 2012. 
4.7  Government procurement: greater transparency 
4.27.  Gabon's government procurement regime has evolved considerably since 2002, with 
the June 2012 adoption of Decree No. 0254/PR/MEEDD establishing the new Government Procurement Code. This new code entered into force on 26 June 2012. Its key advances and innovations are as follows: 
 Accountability of public buyers and other players in government procurement 
(government contract authority, Commission for the Evaluation of Tenders, etc.); 
 annual procurement planning at the start of the budget year: development 
and communication of the Government Procurement Plan to the National Directorate 
of Government Procurement following the Budget vote; 
 strengthening of the pillars of government procurement: free access to government 
procurement, equal treatment of candidates, and transparency of procedures; 
 systematization of competition through open tendering; 
 requirement to conduct studies before initiating any public works project: stricter 
conditions for contracting agencies in respect of the award of contracts; and 
 strengthening of the oversight system and the establishment of a regulatory body. 
 
4.28.  The Directorate-General of Government Procurement (DGMP) is responsible for overseeing 
the procurement process and the performance of  contracts. The Procurement Unit examines 
all procurement operations, from the planni ng phase to the award of the contract. 
Empowered by the Director-General of Governme nt Procurement, the Provincial Government 
Procurement Delegations of oversee procurement pr ocedures within their territorial jurisdiction. 
4.29.  The Government Procurement Regulatory Agency (ARMP) is responsible for regulating 
the legal framework for government procurement. It sees to, inter alia , independent technical 
audits and the sanctioning of irregularities in th e non-judicial settlement of disputes arising from WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 84 - 
  
  government procurement procedures, and takes part in the definition of laws and regulations 
pertaining to government procurement. 
4.8  Competitiveness, innovation, and pr omotion of national entrepreneurship 
4.30.  The public authorities aim to update th e platform for business expression, the promotion 
of which should make it possible to increase competitiveness and the inclusion of Gabonese 
interests in the development of SMEs. 
4.31.  The following projects serve to meet this ambitious goal: 
 A programme for the upgrading of Gabonese businesses, under which a group 
of companies in a given industry (such as the wood sector) receive public funds in order to improve all essential business functions and enhance business performance. 
 The proposed establishment of a subcontracti ng exchange the objectives of which would 
be, on the one hand, to establish a dynamic platform for recording the needs of large 
contracting enterprises and offers by potential SME subcontractors, and on the other hand, to develop a critical mass of SMEs able to take on the "outsourceable" activities 
of the large enterprises located in Gabon. 
 The establishment of a National Fund for Vocational Training to provide optimum 
and prompt financing for companies' training needs. 
4.32.  A proactive strategy to develop national entrepreneurship and Gabonese participation 
in stock ownership, particularly through the Stock Exchange. 
5  LARGE-SCALE STRUCTURING PROJECTS FOR THE ENTIRE ECONOMY 5.1  Infrastructure and major works 
5.1.  Gabon adopted a National Blueprint for Infrastructure Development, which covers 
21 major projects for a total six-year investment currently estimated at CFAF 5,913 billion (US$11.831 billion). It consists of a global development strategy for equipping Gabon with the 
nationwide infrastructure necessary for the socio- economic development of the country's interior 
and real diversification of the national economy.  The consistency and proper execution of these 
projects will be ensured through supervision and technical and financial control by 
the National Agency for Major Works. 
5.2.  The key projects in the National Blueprint for Infrastructure Development 
are: (1) the Greater Libreville Development Plan; (2) energy infrastructure (estimated cost: CFAF 1,504 billion/US$3.008 billion); (3) transport infrastructure: roads, railways, ports 
(estimated cost: CFAF 1,763 billion/US$3.530 billion); (4) development of the mining sector 
(estimated cost: CFAF 1,630 billion/US$3.260 billion); (5) development of the tourism sector (estimated cost: CFAF 43 billion/US$85 million); (6) the Mandji Island Special Economic Zone; and 
(7) the establishment of the National Agency for Major Works (CFAF 170 billion/US$340 million). 
5.2  The Plan for a Digital Gabon and NICTs 5.3.  The public authorities have decided to bridge the digital gap between Gabon and rich 
countries by using telephony and the Internet to  support economic development, chiefly in the 
areas of health, education, trade, and the efficiency of public administration. 
5.4.  Gabon has thus adopted the Plan for a Digital Gabon. The vision of this plan is rooted in the 
belief that new information and communications technologies (NICTs) provide the means for giving 
faster impetus to other sectors of the economy.  The Plan seeks to speed up the development 
of Gabon's telecommunications infrastructure. In addition to improving other, traditional, basic infrastructures, the objective is to significantly decrease communications costs and provide 
widespread access to the Internet in order for the Gabonese economy to make the necessary 
qualitative leap by 2016. 
5.5.  Important changes tied to the evolution of technology and gradual market liberalization have 
marked Gabon's telecommunications sector in recent years. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 85 - 
  
  5.6.  The new technology market is undergoing sweeping changes. In 2008, NICTs had 
a penetration rate of 44.37%, with 39.5% of the Gabonese population, or 1.3 million subscribers, 
equipped with a mobile phone and connected to  a GSM network. In 2012, the mobile market 
progressed significantly, with approximately 2.2 million subscribers. Today, Gabon Télécom 
has 804,000 subscribers, compared with 455,000 in 2011. The Internet penetration rate in 2012 
was 12%, or 232,555 subscribers. 
5.7.  Since 2002, Libreville has been connected to  the SAT-3 submarine cable, which links Africa 
to Europe. In addition to the advances made by Gabon Télécom and the rapid development of 
the mobile telephony market, the liberalization of the sector, resulting from the loosening of restrictions in the telecom market, aims to make Gabon a veritable technology hub for Central Africa through: 
 High-speed Internet services; 
 the quality of and ease of access to telecommunications and the interconnection 
of national networks; 
 NICT-related services on a national and transnational scale; and 
 the construction of a learning centre for these new technologies. 
5.8.  As a result of its large-scale projects, Gabon is, in the African subregion, a leader in the field 
of NICTs. The sector shows potential for rapid development with a knock-on effect for the entire 
economy. 
5.3  Transport 5.9.  The ambition of Gabon is to have transp ort infrastructure (roadways, ports, airports, 
railways, feeder routes), to be upgraded through the renovation of defective infrastructure and the 
construction of critical new stretches, that will  open up the entire Gabonese territory by 2016 
and allow the country to position itself as a regional hub. 
5.10.  In the area of maritime and river transport, port infrastructure plays a crucial role in Gabon, 
given that nearly 90% of the country's trade passes through its ports. To ensure the success of the 
country's economic development strategy, it is essential that Gabon's ports develop 
the intermodality of transport, based on best practices in port management. At present, 
several projects are under way or under study in order to further enhance Gabon's maritime 
profile. These projects involve: 
- The ongoing modernization and expansion of the ports of Owendo (Libreville) 
and of Port-Gentil; 
- the construction project for a multimodal dry port in Port-Gentil; and - the construction project for a deep-water port in Mayumba (Southern Gabon) intended 
for wood and ore export. 
 
5.11.  In the area of road and rail transport, projects planned include: 
- The construction of new roads or the refurbishing of existing ones; 
- the paving of 2,000 km of roads over a six-year period (2010-2016); - the construction of several roadway structures throughout the country (e.g., bridges, 
interchanges); 
- reinforcement of the Libreville-Franceville railway line; and 
- the construction of a second railway line, which will link Moabi and Mayumba, 
in Southern Gabon. 
 
5.12.  In the area of air transport, the main projects involve: 
 The construction of a new airport in Libreville; and 
 the expansion and renovation of airports in the country's interior (Port-Gentil, 
Franceville, etc.). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 86 - 
  
  5.4  Energy 
5.13.  The country's political authorities aim to develop a supply of drinking water and clean 
energy which is sustainable and competitive, and to eventually export surplus production. 
5.14.  In light of the country's commitments regarding greenhouse gas reduction, priority is given 
to clean energy, particularly in isolated rural areas and areas outside interconnected networks, 
where the country plans to provide service th rough the development of solar technology, 
photovoltaic technology, and other new sources of energy, such as biomass and wind. 
5.15.  The country's electrical production will tr iple by 2016 thanks to its hydroelectric and gas 
potential; this will make it possible to cover a ll the country's energy needs with a supply which 
is competitive and sustainable and which creates jobs. 
5.16.  In order to meet the aforementioned objectiv es in terms of accessibility, quality, and price, 
the State has launched a far-reaching programme to build up existing and future capacities. 
The programme comprises the following projects: 
Projects Location Type Capacity (MW) Status 
Grand Poubara Haut-Ogooué Hydroe lectricity  160 In progress 
Impératrice Falls Ngounié Hydroelectricity 42 In progress 
Fe II Woleu-Ntem Hydroelectricity 35 In progress 
Gas plant Ogooué Maritime Gas plant 52.5 In progress 
Malinga Ngounié Micro-dam 0.5 In progress 
Iboundji Ogooué Lolo Micro-dam 0.4 In progress 
Telemania Estuaire  Ga s plant 70 In progress 
Ngoulmendjim Estuaire Hydroelectricity 48 Under study 
Dibwangui Ngounié Hydroele ctricity 10 Under study  
5.17.  Development of the hydroelectricity su pply entails a high degree of State involvement 
in investment in key infrastructure (e.g., hydroelectric dams, transmission lines, network interconnection lines). A State-owne d company has accordingly been established 
to oversee the major hydroelectric projects. It will be in charge of managing the 
State's investments and assets in this sector, and also in other utilities sectors, such as drinking 
water and sanitation. Lastly, this State-owned company will monitor and collect all remuneration owed to the State for the management of its assets. 
5.18.  As regards the provision of electricity to as much of the population as possible, 
the President of the Republic has provided relief in terms of household necessities by exempting 
economically disadvantaged households throughout the territory under concession to 
the Gabon Energy and Water Company (SÉEG) from payment of water and electricity bills 
since 1 March 2007. In 2012, more than 56,000 people benefited from this measure, eligibility for which requires the consumer to meet the following criteria: 
 1. Have Gabonese nationality. 
 
 2. Have a social meter, that is, one with a level of consumption which is lower than or equal 
  to the following: 
 Social rate, water: 15 m3/month; 
 Social rate, electricity S1: 120 kWh/month; and 
 Social rate, electricity S2: 240 kWh/month. 
 3. Use the meter exclusively for domestic purposes. 
  4. Be economically disadvantaged. 
 WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 87 - 
  
  6  NEW SECTOR DYNAMICS TO DIVERSIFY THE ECONOMY 
6.1  Forestry sector1 
6.1.  Today, the forestry sector is, after oil, the second pillar of the Gabonese economy on account 
of its contribution to GDP (8%) and employment. However, the country does not yet earn enough 
revenue from its forests, as a result of an insufficient processing rate and poor control over the 
added-value chain. Up to now, the vast majority of Gabon's wood has been exported in the form 
of undressed timber and only a very reduce d number of species (some ten varieties, 
including Okoumé, the most developed, Moabi, Pa douk, and Kevazingo), recognized for their value 
on the market, have been exploited. Forestry operations in Gabon, as in other Central African countries, apply selective felling practices, leaving undeveloped most of the forest's wood resources (between 200 and 300 species), the valu e of which remains largely unknown. The wood 
industry, aside from being of limited size, focuse s on primary processing (e.g., sawing, splitting, 
peeling, and laminating) of products exported to the international market. 
6.2.  The Gabonese Government decided to im plement, as of 1 January 2010, an export ban 
on logs. This decision made it urgently necessary to redefine the industry's strategy. In general 
terms, this reorientation applies to all the wood industries of tropical forests, given climate change and the need to protect these forests. The question  involves reconciling two different, but related, 
issues: i) protection of tropical forests' function as carbon sinks; and ii) the right of a country 
and of its people to exploit their forest resource s and, more specifically, to exploit and export 
tropical wood to international wood and construction material markets. 
6.3.  Reconciliation is possible only if the expl oitation of Gabon's forest heritage is optimally 
organized, in compliance with the principles of sustainable and effective management, to combat 
massive deforestation practices, forest degradation and illegal trade in wood, wildlife, and other non-timber forest products (NTFPs). 
Objectives 
 6.4.  The overall objective which Gabon seeks to  meet by 2016 through the Ministry of Water 
and Forests is to increase the sector's contribution to GDP by means of sustainable 
management of forests and aquatic ecosystems; more intensive industrialization of the wood 
subsector; conservation and promotion of biodiversity; sectoral capacity building; and research/development training. 
6.5.  The intent underlying this objective is "to make Gabon a world leader in certified tropical 
wood, driven by an industry whic h fully develops the resource and exploits a sustainably managed 
forest that fully plays its role as a carbon sink and a sanctuary of biodiversity in the service 
of humanity". 
6.6.  The implementation of this vision is based on better governance of the forest and requires 
the reorganization of forest exploitation. Th e wood-processing subsectors need a thorough 
overhaul through industrial centres that will put mutualized infrastructure and services within the 
reach of the operators involved. Lastly, improved control of the cost of logistical services (particularly transport and port fees) is essential. 
6.7.  This general objective gives rise to the following specific objectives: 
(1) To increase knowledge of the diverse resources of the forestry sector, particularly 
those which can be exploited, taking into account: (i) the abundance of species, their industrial value, and their exploitation potential; (ii) the abundance of non-timber 
forest products and their properties, active ingredients, and appeal; and (iii) plant and 
animal biodiversity. This requires a forest-resource inventory which is as exhaustive as possible, using geomatics and satellite observation (e.g., the AGEOS project, which 
seeks to obtain regular satellite photos to monitor forest evolution; on-the-ground 
inventory of the forest using GPS). This exhaustive on-the-ground inventory will also make it possible to take stock of the various types of forest exploitation, forest 
                                               
1 The forestry sector comprises:  forests, wildlife, wood proc essing, and aquatic ecosystems. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 88 - 
  
  populations, forestry companies, and forest activities. The objective is to determine the 
economic value of the forest (i.e., the number and value of woody species, of non-timber forest products (NTFPs), and of the flora and fauna). The issuance of 
logging permits, carried out through a tender ing process, will thus be based on the 
knowledge and value of the forest's resources. This economic value is added to the 
forest's value as a carbon sink, which is ensured by widespread sustainable management of forests and protected areas. 
(2)  To combat illegal forest practices in order to protect forestry resources and ensure 
unhindered access of Gabonese wood to the European Union (EU) and other international markets. 
(3) To foster the competitiveness of the Gabo nese wood industry by promoting more 
intensive wood processing and establishing the industrial and logistical infrastructure of 
the wood subsector through: (i) the establishment of five wood-subsector industrial zones (Lambaréné, Lastourville, Mouila, Mitzic, and Ndjolé); (ii) the establishment 
of two economic centres for furniture and w ood crafts in the outskirts of Libreville; 
(iii) the development of two new special economic zones (Port-Gentil and Mayumba); and (iv) the development of port areas for the export of processed wood products 
(expansion of the port of Owendo, deep-w ater ports of Port-Gentil and Mayumba). 
(4) To build up the capacities of stakeholders in the forestry sector by supporting the 
private sector through the following: (i) upgrading the wood-processing subsector and i n c r e a s i n g  t h e  c u r r e n t  f e l l e d - w o o d  p r o c e s s i n g  r a t e  o f  2 0 %  t o  3 0 %  t o  a  r a t e  o f  a t  
least 80%; this implies full recovery of forestry waste (logging residues, 
wood-processing waste); (ii) strengthening professional wood-sector organizations and 
public-private consultation within the framework of the "Wood Headquarters" structure 
for interprofessional consultation and Gabonese wood promotion; (iii) recovering 
NTFPs and logging by-products, by trai ning and employing the forested-area 
population in dedicated occupations; and (iv) promoting a national, regional, and 
international market for Gabonese wood by developing the local market and breaking 
into tropical-wood markets. 
(5) To develop vocational training through the reorganization of the National School of 
Water and Forests, with new structures (Makokou) and new programmes in advanced 
training and wood-processing occupations. 
(6) To update the Forestry Code in collaboration with the various partners concerned, 
by developing a legal framework for all the measures which will be taken in the various 
sectors (water, forest, wood, wildlife, and protected areas) with a view to promoting 
sustainable management and adapting the tax system to the current economic context by taking into account NTFPs. 
6.2  Mining, hydrocarbons, and industry 
6.2.1  Mining 6.8.  The mining sector is mostly centred on the exploitation of manganese. This sector accounts 
for 4% of GDP and 6% of the country's exports. 
6.9.  The Gabonese subsoil contains vast resour ces, such as iron (the world's largest supply 
of untapped resources). The mining sector is thus set to become more important to the Gabonese economy. 
6.10.  The diversification of the mining sector is a priority for the Government, which, as is the 
case for the wood sector, intends to promote ore processing in Gabon. Within this framework, the COMILOG company began work on the Mo anda metallurgical complex, comprised 
of a hydrometallurgical plant for metallic manganese and a pyrometallurgical plant 
for silico-manganese. The former should produce an annual 20,000 tonnes of metallic manganese for the steel and aluminium industries and for specific applications in the fine chemistry of manganese. The latter should produce an a nnual 65,000 tonnes of silico-manganese primarily WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 89 - 
  
  for the steel industry. The complex should be co mpleted by the end of the first quarter of 2013. 
The cost of this investment, which will create 400 direct jobs, is CFAF 135 billion (over €200 million). 
6.11.  Since the early 2000s, the Mining Code has not undergone any significant changes; it is now 
being revised. 
6.2.2  Hydrocarbons 6.12.  Gabon's sedimentary basin covers an area of 247,000 km
2, 30% of which is onshore, 
and 70% of which is offshore. Approximately 47% of  the surface allotted is open to exploration. 
6.13.  Since oil development began in Gabon in the 1950s, oil production re ached its peak in 1997 
with a record high of 18.56 million tonnes. 
6.14.  Since 2006, oil production in Gabon stabilized thanks to investment in marginal fields made 
possible by the high price per barrel. Since 2009, production has gradually increased, 
reaching 12.5 million tonnes in 2011. 
6.15.  Today, Gabon is the number six oil producer in sub-Saharan Africa, following Nigeria, 
Angola, and Equatorial Guinea. The recoverable reserves of crude oil should enable continued 
production for approximately 40 years at the current pace. 
6.16.  Maintenance of the historically high price per exported barrel (US$113.8 at the end 
of June 2012) translated into the oil sector's high contribution to the Gabonese State budget 
(approximately 60%). 
6.17.  In 2011, the oil sector accounted for 49%  of GDP, 83% of export revenues, and 54% 
of budget revenues. 
6.18.  Asia and the United States account for more than 51% of exports of Gabonese crude oil; 
Europe, 15%; and Australia, 5%. 
6.19.  The Strategic Plan for an Emerging Ga bon focuses on two strategic avenues in the 
hydrocarbons sector: 
 Optimization of oil revenues; and 
 promotion of the industrial fabric of the hydrocarbons sector. 
6.20.  As regards the optimization of oil revenues, the objective is to attract investors to the 
sector. With the completion of the hydrocarbons code, Gabon is convinced that it will meet the expectations of the oil industry and of investors wanting to support the country in the exploration and exploitation of oil resources. 
6.21.  This will require Gabon to be equipped with new means of supporting the regulatory 
and legislative framework, such as the Agency for Regulation and Control of the Hydrocarbons 
Sector. The objective of this agency will be  to strengthen governance of the sector, 
ensure regulation, and provide the Ministry with the necessary adjustment indicators. 
6.22.  Finally, with a view to optimizing oil revenues, Gabon has committed to reducing 
greenhouse gases. The objective is to reduce by 60% the volume of flared gas by the year 2015, 
while the long-term goal is to achieve a reduction rate of 90%. The volume of non-flared gas 
will be used for industry purposes, such as generation of electricity, and subsequently 
for petrochemistry and processing of fertilizer. 
6.23.  As regards the promotion of the industrial fabric of the hydrocarbons sector, Gabon has 
committed to raising the profile of national companies in the sector and to fostering 
the development of national SMEs which provide services to the sector's large enterprises. 
6.24.  The establishment of the Gabon Oil Company (GOC) in 2011 was part of these promotional 
efforts. The GOC aims to increase Gabonese State holdings in the oil sector. Its objective WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 90 - 
  
  is to contribute to the establishment of a true, integrated oil and gas economy by the 
following means: 
- The holding, management and acquisition of shares on behalf of the State in all activities 
relating to research, exploration, exploitation , distribution, transport, storage, marketing, 
and refining; 
- the holding of State shares in hydrocarbons deposits and in the capital of companies which 
have signed framework agreements and production-sharing contracts; 
- the marketing, import, export, and distributi on of products extracted from hydrocarbons 
deposits and industrial hydrocarbons processing facilities; 
- the performance, on behalf of the State,  of management and investment operations 
relating to responsibility No. 1; 
- research and exploitation of deposits of hydrocarbons or other mineral substances; 
- the performance of all financial operations directly or indirectly related to the hydrocarbons 
industry. 
 
6.25.  The role of the GOC is to develop new perspectives in the oil industry based on the discoveries made in recent years off the coast of Gabon, and to envisage a new future for 
Gabon's oil operations. 
6.2.3  Industry 6.26.  Gabon adopted a national industrialization strategy on 28 April 2013, as an outcome 
of the first National Industry Forum. The goal of th is strategy is to ensure Gabon's transition from 
being a simple oil-exporting economy to being a diversified and sustainable economy focused both 
on the mining and metallurgical sectors and on Gabon as an environmentally friendly country (Green Gabon) (forestry, agriculture, fishing,  aquaculture, and agro-industry). The strategy 
essentially targets local processing of Gabonese natural resources and the creation 
of 325,000 jobs, two thirds of which are skilled posts. 
6.27.  The Gabonese industrial development project, which requires a total investment 
of CFAF 17,000 billion, 28% of which will be government investment and 72% private or 
public-private partnership investment, will make it possible to accelerate growth, promote national entrepreneurship, and also to create approximately 13,000 SMEs. The 17,000 billion in investment thus encompasses all projects in all industry-related sectors (energy, roadways, ports, 
railways, etc.). 
6.28.  Gabon's economic map is expected to be re-drawn with the creation of 10 economic 
centres, including three extractive-ind ustry centres (the manganese complex 
in Moanda-Franceville, the iron complex in Belinga, and the hydrocarbons complex in Port-Gentil); 
four Green Gabon centres (Oyem, Mouila-Nde ndé, Mayumba, Lastourville-Koulamoutou); 
and three diversified centres (Estuaire, Booué and Lambaréné). 
6.3  Fishing, aquaculture, and the Blue Gabon Project 
6.29.  With a view to promoting the exploitation and development of fishery resources, 
the PSGE's fishing and aquaculture sectoral pr ogramme seeks to expand national production 
by developing landing and product processing infrastructure and building up a national fishing 
fleet. The objective is to improve the sector's contribution to GDP by increasing national production 
from 40,000 tonnes to 100,000 tonnes by 2016. 
6.30.  To this end, fishing and aquaculture poli cy will revolve around the following measures: 
- The implementation of a sustainable management framework for fishery resources; 
- the establishment of the National Fishing and Aquaculture Authority; - the establishment of the Monitoring Centre for Fishing Activities; 
- the establishment of a fishing trades centre equipped with a port of landing; 
- the creation of landing and fishing product processing infrastructure; - the creation of a national fishing fleet; - the restructuring of the Industrial Refrigeration Corporation of Gabon (SIFRIGAB); 
- the development of aquaculture; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 91 - 
  
  - the renegotiation of fishing agreements; and 
- the fight against marine overfishing and illegal and unregulated fishing. 
 6.31.  To ensure sustainable management of the exceptional submarine biodiversity 
of the Gabonese coastline, the Government ha s established the Blue Gabon Project, which 
is a participatory framework aimed at preserving this ecosystem by putting into place a system of rational management and exploitation of the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) 
and the continental shelf. 
6.32.  With a view to the strategic management of  Gabon's fishery resources, the National Fishing 
and Aquaculture Authority, which is in the process of being set up, will implement the Government's policy on sustainable management of fishing and aquaculture. 
6.33.  The National Fishing and Aquaculture Auth ority will accordingly be equipped and staffed 
so that it has scientific data to facilitate efficient management of EEZ stocks which are not well known. Partnerships with internationally recognized research institutes will thus be established 
in order to effectively promote skills and technology transfer. 
6.34.  The Training Centre for Fishing and Nautical Trades will provide training for 
Gabonese fishermen in order to progressively increase the number of Gabonese fishermen 
currently accounting for 20% of small-scale fishermen. 
6.35.  The various marine resource surveys carried  out show a decrease in resources in the area 
north of Cape Lopez and underexploitation in the area south of Cape Lopez because of the fishing ban in the oil exclusion zone and in the marine park of Mayumba. Fishing south of Cape Lopez 
is governed by strict regulations banning fishing in protected areas. 
6.36.  The introduction of the Community Centres fo r Small-Scale Fishing in Libreville, Port-Gentil, 
Lambaréné, and Omboué, built with support from the Japanese cooperation agency, 
have considerably reduced post-capture losses in small-scale fishing. These centres are accessible 
areas where fishermen can market their products and be supplied with ice. 
6.4  An ambitious agriculture and livestock programme 
6.37.  Gabon is part of the Group of net food -importing countries at the WTO. Nearly 70% 
of the food products consumed in Gabon are imported. 
6.38.  The clearly established goal is to achieve, by 2020, a fourfold reduction in Gabon's food 
imports, to re-establish the country's self-suffi ciency as regards food, fishery, and livestock 
products, and to make Gabon a net exporter of agro-industrial products, all while complying with 
the principles of integrated farming and sustainable development. 
6.39.   To achieve this goal, the Government has introduced a strategy rooted 
in an incentives-based regulatory arrangement. The strategy aims to reduce imports of food 
products by one quarter by the end of 2016 and to improve the sector's contribution to GDP. 
The adoption, currently under way, of implementing regulations for the laws establishing 
an agriculture code and the extension of the pr eferential tax and customs regime for farmers 
provides the latter with an incentives-based regulatory framework which secures their investments. In addition to these incentives, the development of farmland is a decisive factor in that it will ensure that activities begin immediately and will spare operators the high costs 
of servicing lots in dense and hard-to-reach tropical rainforest areas. 
6.40.  In order to meet the PSGE's major objectives  of food security and increasing the agricultural 
sector's contribution to GDP, agricultural poli cy will be supported by the following measures: 
Food security: 
 
- Development of agro-pastoral farms in Gabon's nine provinces to sustain the local supply 
of vegetables, fresh fruit, poultry, and aquacultural products; 
- the Agricultural Investment Development Project (PRODIAG), which will introduce 
urban-edge short-cycle crop and livestock farming belts around the provincial capitals; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 92 - 
  
  - development of agricultural parks specializing in specific crops; these will consist 
of production clusters with cooperatives of agricultural operators working plots of different sizes using shared infrastructure; 
- creation of an integrated complex for broiler chickens with a view to developing 
an integrated poultry-farming sector; and 
- establishment of the Ndendé Centre for Livestock Production 
Industrial export agriculture: 
Within the framework of diversification of Gabon's economy, agriculture is considered an engine 
of growth for increasing the sector's contribution to GDP, creating jobs, and fighting poverty.  The key measures required are the following: 
 
- Oil palm development in large industrial units covering several thousand ha in the regions 
of Estuaire, Moyen Ogooué, and Nyanga; 
- development of hevea cultivation in the provinces of Estuaire and Woleu-Ntem; 
- development of coffee and cocoa plantation s throughout the country and establishment 
of a coffee processing plant in the province of Haut Ogooué; and 
- establishment of the Franceville special agricultural economic zone, where both cash 
and food crops will be developed. 
- Operational strengthening of the agricultural sector: 
 
With a view to providing effective support to  farmers and ensuring optimal performance, 
the Government has established the following public institutions:  
- The Gabonese Food Security Agency (AGASA); 
- the Plant Material Introduction, Adaptation, and Propagation Board (ORIAM); - the Agency for the Collection and Ma rketing of Food Products (ACCOPA); and 
- the National Agricultural Laboratory Board (ONALA). 
 6.41.  In addition to setting up these public institutions, the Government has restructured the National Rural Development Board (ONADER), now the National Agency for Agricultural 
Development, which will oversee major land-use, infrastructure, and agricultural-sector 
development projects. 
6.42.  In addition, the Government plans to create: 
- A skills centre aiming to strengthen the agricultural training and research system; 
- a food technology institute, aimed at, inter alia , better organizing the value chain in terms 
of post-harvest techniques, processing technology, and packaging techniques; and 
- an agriculture development fund. 
 6.5  Sustainable development and the National Climate Plan 
6.43.  Gabon ranks second in the world in te rms of the percentage of national territory 
allocated for conservation. Nearly 11% of Gabon's territory, or an area of 29,400 km
2, is reserved 
for 13 national parks. 
6.44.  The Gabonese forest is part of the forest of the Congo Basin, which is the world's second 
largest tropical rainforest and second largest carbon sink after the Amazon. 
6.45.  Gabon ranks ninth in the Environmental Performance Index for Africa. 6.46.  Through a participatory process, Gabon has sought to increase its environmental protection 
efforts and include the issue of climate change in the implementation of its social project. 
6.47.  Thus, in December 2011, a National Climate Plan was adopted and presented 
at the 17
th Conference of the parties to the United  Nations Framework Convention on Climate 
Change (COP 17), held in Durban, South Africa. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 93 - 
  
  6.48.  The objective of this Climate Plan is to reconcile environmental protection with sustainable 
economic development. 
6.49.  Gabon's pioneering and responsible stance on the crucial 21st century challenge of fighting 
climate change bears witness to the commitment of a country which has already distinguished 
itself through its contribution to the global environmental protection endeavour. 
6.6  Tourism and ecotourism: A fast-growing industry 6.50.  To promote ecotourism, which today accounts for 20% of international travel, 
Gabon is home to a wealth of diverse natural resources. 
6.51.  The Gabonese landscape has multiple tourist assets. Gabon has some of the world's most 
diverse flora and fauna. Numerous species can be found there, including elephants, gorillas, chimpanzees, hippopotamuses, crocodiles, humpback whales, dolphins, and turtles. 
6.52.  Gabon aims to develop a high-quality tourism industry based on protection of nature, 
conservation of biodiversity, and respect for local traditions. 
6.53.  The tourism and ecotourism sector is growing rapidly. More than 90,000 foreign tourists 
visited Gabon in 2011, spending an estimated CFAF 214 billion (approximately US$411.5 million). 
Vision and objective for the sector 
 
6.54.  According to the forecast of the Minist er Responsible for Tourism, the sector should 
contribute some CFAF 1,000 billion to GDP by 2025, in comparison with 218 billion in 2009. Two leading international investors have already made a commitment to Gabon: Aman Resorts and SFM Africa. 
6.55.  The authorities are working to develop phys ical and social infrastructure and the necessary 
institutions to welcome as many tourists as possible in a way which is both respectful of the environment and economically and socially sustainable. 
6.56.  Gabon strives to become, by 2015, the number one African destination for rainforest 
tourism and a model for national parks in the 21
st century. 
6.7  Trade-related technical assistance needs 
6.57.  Although Gabon is not eligible for most trade-related technical assistance programmes, 
it still has needs in the following areas: 
- Increased participation of Gabonese civil servants in the capacity-building activities of the 
WTO and of other technical partners (training and assorted seminars); 
- implementation of certain WTO agreements, particularly those relating to sanitary 
and phytosanitary measures (SPS), technical barriers to trade (TBT), TRIPS, and customs valuation; 
- expansion of the country's commitments under the General Agreement on Trade 
in Services (GATS) to support the changes deriving from the PSGE; 
- support for the development of a national trade strategy; and 
- support for an investor targeting policy. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 94 - 
  
  REPORT OF THE CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC 
1  INTRODUCTION 1.1.  In June 2007, the Government of the Central African Republic underwent its first trade 
policy review at the WTO, an exercise which enabled it to gauge the level of its 
multilateral commitments. The Government then undertook, on the basis of the comments 
made by WTO Members, to improve its trade policy, taking account of the regional and multilateral dimensions. 
1.2.  This report has been prepared for the second Trade Policy Review of the Central African 
Republic, which will take place in Geneva from 29 to 31 July 2013. It outlines the status of the reforms and the commitments undertaken by the country at the bilateral, regional 
and multilateral levels. 
1.3.  Located in the heart of Africa, the Centra l African Republic covers an area of 623,000 km
2 
and has a population of about 4.5 million, i.e. a population density of 7.22 inhabitants per km2. 
It is bounded in the north by Chad, in the south by the Congo and the Democratic Republic 
of the Congo, in the east by Sudan and South Sudan, and in the west by Cameroon. 
It is a landlocked country with an essentially agriculture-based economy, and is classified as a least developed country (LDC) - and yet it holds a wealth of untapped resources: 
 rich and varied flora and fauna; 
 dense forest cover with approximately 3,600 plant species and a variety of ecosystems 
covering vast virgin areas that lend themselves to safaris; 
 dense and varied mining potential (diamo nds, gold, iron, uranium, limestone, 
copper, oil, etc.). 
1.4.  Numerous constraints are still preventing these sectors from being exploited. In order 
to overcome these constraints, the Central African Republic has launched a number of reforms 
aimed at creating an environment conducive to the development of economic activity. 
However, the military and political crises of the past decades have put a strain on the country's industrial and trade fabric, undermining all of the efforts undertaken by successive governments. 
1.5.  The political change that took plac e on 24 March 2013 led to the suspension 
of the Constitution of 27 December 2004 and the dissolution of the National Assembly 
and the Government. The country operates und er the Constitutional Act of 26 March 2013 
on the provisional organization of State powers for a period of 18 months. A number of transitional 
bodies have been set up to that end, including the National Transitional Council 
and the transitional Government led by a Prime Minister elected by the Libreville Agreement 
of 11 January 2013. 
1.6.  The administrative system is decentralized and the country is divided into regions, 
prefectures, sub-prefectures, municipalities and villages. Only the regions and the municipalities 
constitute decentralized communities. 
1.7.  Since 1986, the Central African Republic has been firmly committed to a programme 
of economic liberalization based on withdrawal of the State from the production sector and promotion of the private sector. Against th is backdrop, starting in 2008 the Government 
successively prepared and implemented two Poverty Reduction Strategies, which serve as 
reference papers for cooperation and partnership between the Government and the development 
partners. These strategies reflect the trade priori ties set forth in the revised Diagnostic Trade 
Integration Study (DTIS), and the resulting reforms helped the Central African Republic to reach 
the completion point of the Heavily Inde bted Poor Countries (HIPC) Initiative. 
1.8.  The objective of these reforms is the cr eation of a favourable economic environment 
for the development of economic activity in the Central African Republic, macroeconomic 
and financial stabilization, structural reform, rebuilding of the basic infrastructure 
and consolidation of peace. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 95 - 
  
  1.9.  Average real GDP growth rate for the period 2008-2011 was 2.57%, which implies a real 
deterioration in per capita income, with an estimated population growth rate of 2.5%. Life expectancy has fallen from 50 years in the 1990s to 48.4 in 2011. 
1.10.  The Ministry of Commerce and Industry is the main authority in charge of trade policy 
formulation and implementation; it is assisted by other ministries and institutions, 
including the Ministries of SMEs, of the Economy, Planning and International Cooperation, Finance, 
Agriculture, Mining, Tourism, Transport, Water and Forests, Health, the Chamber of Commerce, 
and non-State entities. 
1.11.  The policy relies essentially on the legislative and regulatory framework governing 
trade activities, the CEMAC integration framework, the Cotonou Agreement, the other regional and bilateral agreements, and WTO rules. 
2  ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 
2.1.  Since 2008, thanks to the efforts ma de there has been an overall improvement 
in the economic situation. However, those efforts have been disrupted by the socio-political events 
of the last few years. 
2.1  Economic growth 2.2.  Since independence, economic development has depended on the development 
of the primary sector, which alone accounts for mo r e  t h a n  h a l f  o f  G D P .  I n  2 0 1 1 ,  i t  a c c o u n t e d  
for 53%, followed by the tertiary sector (34%) and the secondary sector (13%). 
2.3.  In 2012, economic growth reached 3.1%, boos ted by the tertiary sector (trade, transport and 
telecommunications). It was also helped by better rainfall, the recovery of diamond exports and an 
improvement in the security situation. Real per capita income is steadily improving 
(€483 in 2011). The Government took measures that contributed to reducing inflationary pressure: the rate fell to 1.3% in 2011 from 9.3% in 2008. 
2.2  Public finance 
2.4.  State revenue rose from 10.8% of GDP in 2009 to 11.2% of GDP in 2011, a development 
which, in terms of CEMAC convergence criteria, reflects the impact of the reforms introduced 
to eliminate fraud and improve th e quality of public services. 
2.5.  Meanwhile, public expenditure rose from 16.2% of GDP in 2009 to 19.4% in 2010, 
reaching 17.7% in 2011. These figures reflect expenses linked to the elections as well as the burden of the wage bill. 
2.3  Monetary policy 
2.6.  Monetary policy is conducted at the re gional level by the Bank of Central African 
States (BEAC), while monetary programming is handled at the national level. The M2/GDP ratio 
has decreased steadily over the past years (from 24.45% in 1996 to 14.22% in 2003), reflecting 
a low level of loans, with liquidities representing a large share of the money supply. 
2.4  Development of the sectors 
2.7.  Macroeconomic projections target an annual economic growth rate of at least 5% starting 
in 2007. This is based on a number of hypotheses which assume an increase in public and private 
investment as a result of domestic and foreign direct private investment as well as official development assistance. 
2.8.  Agriculture, which the Government has identified as a priority sector for economic recovery, 
remains the country's leading economic activity. While it accounts for 53% of GDP and provides employment and income to more than 95% of the rural population, it accounts for barely 10% 
of export revenue. It absorbs an average of 10%  to 20% of the public investment programme. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 96 - 
  
  2.5  Business environment 
2.9.  Improving the business environment is one of the Government's main priorities. To that end, 
a number of measures have been taken, including the following: 
 regulating business in accordance with the OHADA Treaty; 
 reviewing the National Investment Charter; 
 developing a customs code; 
 introducing a mining code and joining the EITI and the Kimberley process; 
 bringing forestry licensing into conformity with the Forest Code; 
 creating and implementing a permanent framework for State/private sector consultation; 
 creating a single window to deal with the administrative formalities for setting up 
businesses in order to reduce costs and speed up the process; 
 establishing trade courts both in Bangui and in the provinces; 
 developing the Land Law; and 
 setting up of a joint committee tasked with improving the business environment. 
3  ECONOMIC REFORM 
3.1.  The Central African Republic, with the support of the international community, has firmly 
committed itself to a programme targeting medium-term economic growth and poverty reduction. 
To that end, it adopted a second generation Poverty Reduction Strategy paper for the 
period 2011–2015 which was validated by the National Assembly in November 2011. This Paper is based on the following strategic priorities: 
 security, peace, governance and the rule of law; 
 economic recovery and regional integration; 
 human capital and essential social services. 
3.2.  Following the political change, the prio rities of the transitional Government are: 
 re-establishing of security; 
 economic recovery; 
 organization of general elections. 
3.1  MACROECONOMIC REFORM 
3.1.1  Restoring peace and security 3.3.  The Government is fully aware that it cannot hope to succeed with these reforms unless 
it is able to restore peace and security. Owing to its geographical position, 
the Central African Republic plays an important role in establishing lasting peace and security 
in the subregion. In this context, the Government will pursue its efforts to cooperate with neighbouring countries to prevent conflicts and secure their borders, particularly the CEMAC 
countries, whose peace-keeping forces are taking part in the pacification of the country. 
In addition, the Government will focus its efforts in two priority areas: 
- In the short-term, and with the support of friendly countries and multilateral partners, it will 
continue to build up the capacity of its security forces by providing them with 
communication equipment, transport, and traini ng in order to ensure the security and free 
movement of persons and goods along roads and in remote rural areas; 
 
- In the medium term, and with the suppo rt of development partners and friends 
of the Central African Republic, it will complete the Disarmament, Demobilisation and Reintegration (DDR) programme for all ex-combatants, and work in cooperation with 
all those concerned at the national level and with development partners to implement 
the multi-annual military planning law. 
3.1.2  Good governance 
3.4.  The following measures have been taken in the good governance area: WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 97 - 
  
   effective establishment of the National Financial Investigation Agency (ANIF) within 
the Ministry of Finance and Budget; 
 ongoing reform of the trade courts: the Or ganic Law was adopted and the implementing 
decree is currently being prepared. Two commercial judges will represent the private 
sector in order to boost the confidence of economic operators; 
 adoption of the laws authorising ratification of the United Nations Convention Against 
Corruption and the African Union Convention on Preventing and Combating Corruption, 
and incorporation of these conventions in the country's planned new Code 
of CriminalProcedure. 
3.5.  The Ministry of the Economy was restructured, making it possible to conduct prospective 
studies on the development issues and sectoral strategies in keeping with the poverty reduction 
programme, to supply reliable statistical data on a regular basis with the creation of the Central 
African Institute of Statistics and Economic and So cial Studies, and to mobilize and better manage 
the implementation of the debt forgiveness process. 
3.6.  The Ministry of Commerce and Industry im plemented an action plan aimed at improving 
the business environment with a view, inter alia , to strengthening the private sector, improving 
the legal and regulatory business framework, promoting diversification and improving the supply 
of export products. There are plans, in this co nnection, to study the possibility of setting up 
industrial estates in Bangui and in the provinces and to improve the industrial environment, to draw up an industrial development master pl an, to introduce an investors' guide, to boost 
local production and processing capacity, and to develop a legal and institutional 
framework for standardization. 
3.7.  Regarding public finance, fiscal consolidation, including extension of banking services 
and the introduction of a unified State Treasury, is an important component of the Government's 
structural reform program and its efforts to promote good governance. 
3.8.  The ongoing reform of the tax and customs administrations, the broadening of the tax base, 
the improvement of tax payers' compliance, capa city building of customs officials, the fight 
against fraud and corruption, and the facilitation of clearance procedures have helped to 
improve State revenue. 
3.9.  The ASYCUDA++ system has helped to improve the establishment of customs value 
and to limit discretionary authority in this area (transaction value system). 
3.1.3  Government procurement 
3.10.  A Government Procurement Code in line with international standards was adopted 
and implemented by the Directorate-General of Government Procurement and the Government 
Procurement Regulatory Agency. 
3.2  Sectoral reform 3.11.  The government has begun to reform certain key sectors of the economy with a view 
to establishing transparent and predictable rules that safeguard the rights of investors while 
maximizing State revenue. Special emphasis will have to be placed on promoting growth clusters: agriculture, livestock, forests, mining and energy. 
3.2.1  The agricultural and livestock sector 
3.2.1.1  Agriculture 
3.12.  This subsector dominates the country's economy and provides more than half of the 
sector's value added. It has a good biophysical base and revolves around two branches: 
cash crops (cotton, coffee, tobacco) and food crops (including cassava, maize, rice, peanuts, 
sesame, pumpkins, etc.). Of a total of 15 million ha of arable land, only 800,000 ha are cultivated each year, i.e. approximately 5.3% of the national territory. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 98 - 
  
  3.13.  Cash crops, in particular coffee and cotto n, are currently undergoing a crisis following 
the fall in world prices and the socio-political disturbances that have destroyed the country's productive capital. 
3.14.  Reforms and projections target the recovery of the sector by ensuring: 
 increased productivity through operational capacity building of farmers; 
 diversification and processing of export products; 
 fundraising for the rehabilitation of agricultural support structures; 
 restructuring of the Chamber of Agriculture. 
3.2.1.2  Livestock 3.15.  The country has natural resources conducive to the development and the intensification 
of livestock breeding. With only 9 million of an estimated total of 16 million ha of pasture and 
grazing land exploited, there is still considerable untapped potential. Farms were generating close 
to 5 billion CFAF a few years ago as compared to 3 billion today, and the livestock population has 
fallen from 10 million in 2007 to 3.7 million in 2012. This sharp fall is largely due to the insecurity 
in the livestock breeding areas. 
3.2.1.3  The forestry sector 3.16.  The revival and development of the forestry sector is one of the Government's 
medium-term priorities. Indeed, after the rural se ctor, the timber sector is one of the growth 
clusters in the country's poverty reduction strategy. 
3.17.  Growth in the production and exportation of wood and the revival of regulated hunting will 
contribute to increasing the national wealth. 
3.18.  Already, the reforms have produced the following results: 
 commitment to the Forest Law Enforcement Governance and Trade (FLEGT) process; 
 adoption of the new Forestry Code and its implementing texts; 
 granting of operating and development permits; 
 revision of reference values; 
 creation of the economic observatory for the wood sector. 
3.2.1.4  Mining sector 
3.19.  The Central African Republic has considerable potential in the mining sector. For the 
moment, only diamonds and gold are exploite d but contribute little to GDP (3.5% in 2006 
and 1.9% in 2010) owing to certain constraints such as the small scale of mining operations, 
fraud, and smuggling that it is difficult to  control owing to the permeability of the 
country's borders. 
3.20.  In order to overcome these constraints, starting in 2008 the Government introduced 
strategies to revitalize and develop the sectors which resulted in the Country being 
granted EITI compliant status; the setting up of the National Union of Mining Cooperatives; the adoption of the Law on Minimum Export Value for Import-Export Purchasing Offices; the adoption 
of the Mining Policy Paper; the adoption of a new Mining Code and its implementing texts which 
include elements of good practices, such as the streamlining of formalities for obtaining mining permits and the Law on Radioactive Ores. The co untry was admitted as a recognized exporter 
under the Kimberley Process. 
3.2.1.5  The tourism and crafts sector 
3.21.  Tourism: The Central African Republic has a sizeable potential for tourism (cultural diversity, 
tourist sites and national parks) which could be developed if it took advantage of its geographical 
position and its reputation for hospitality. It is held back chiefly by its poor connections, its high 
transport costs (no charter services) and limited hotel capacity, and the absence of tour operators, coupled with a lack of awareness of its resources and products. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 99 - 
  
  3.22.  Reforms have involved the strengthening of security and peace in the country and the 
transfer of tourist activities from the state to private operators, for example, the Ledger Plaza 
Hotel, the Oubangui Hotel, the Boali Hotel,  the Bayanga site, and the Hôtel du Centre. 
3.23.  In order to revive the tourist sector, a sectoral strategy for tourism has been drawn 
up in connection with the revision of the DTIS. It calls for a better understanding of the available 
potential, site development, diversification of products, support for economic operators and the 
promotion of the Central African Republic as a destination. 
3.24.  Crafts: This is a growth sector which is promising in terms of raw materials and could 
contribute significantly to poverty reduction thanks to its capacity to create jobs. The sector is divided into three categories: art (wood-c arving, jewellery), production, and services. 
3.25.  However, it is beset with problems relati ng to poor organization of craftsmen and a lack 
of equipment and training. 
3.26.  The development strategy involves  drawing up a development plan for the 
introduction of micro-financing and micro-subsidization programmes and the organization 
of cooperative associations. 
3.2.1.6  The water and electricity sector 3.27.  The country has a production capacity of  barely 20 MW with two hydroelectric plants 
(Boali 1 and 2, supplying Bangui) and generators  supplying 16 provincial towns. A hydroelectric 
plant (Boali 3) and four small hydro plants are currently being constructed with foreign aid, and six others are planned. 
3.28.  The Société de distribution d'eau centrafricaine  – SODECA (Central African Water Supply 
Company) supplies drinking water to more than 23% of the population in nine towns: 
Bangui, Bimbo, Bambari, Berberat i, Bossangoa, Bouar, Bozoum, Carnot, and Ndélé. The Ministry 
in charge of water resources ensures the supply of  drinking water to 61% of the rural population. 
Finally, two additional projects are under way in the water resources management area: 
the Projet d'aménagement des ressources naturelles  – PARN (Natural Resour ces Planning Project) 
and the Projet d'exploitation des eaux souterraines dans la région occidentale  – PEESRO 
(Ground Water Exploitation Project in the Western Region). 
3.29.  The Government has liberalized the sect or and intends to hand over the management 
of supply to the private sector. 
3.2.1.7  The telecommunications sector 
3.30.  This sector was partially liberalized in 1996 by Law No. 96.008 of 3 January 1996, 
and several private operators have emerged. The Government intends to maintain the same course and to the strengthen the regulation of the sector to increase its contribution to economic 
growth and to full coverage of the country. 
3.31.  A new draft law incorporating the community provisions (CEMAC/ECCAS) 
on telecommunications is currently being reviewed. It provides for full liberalization in order 
to improve territorial coverage in various telecommunications products. 
3.2.1.8  Financial sector 3.32.  The Financial sector comprises four banks, five micro-financing institutions and 
a micro-financing project, a postal savings bank and money order centre, two insurance 
companies, three general insurance agents and a social security institution. 
3.33.  The Central African Republic does not have any leasing or term loan companies. The sector 
is dominated by the commercial banks, which hold 84% of total assets. The financial sector in the 
Central African Republic has had a limited role in the collection of savings, the distribution 
of credits and financial intermediation. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 100 - 
  
  3.2.1.9  Transport 
3.34.  Owing to its landlocked status and the distance which separates it from the coastlines, 
the Central African Republic is at a disadvantage when it comes to imports and exports. 
3.35.  Land transport has deteriorated, with a decline in the road network, insufficient 
infrastructure (only 700 km of a total of 9,307 km of classified roads are surfaced), an ageing 
and insufficient car population, an overloaded network, and no access to loans for renewal. 
3.36.  River transport is faced with the prob lem of the navigability of the Oubangui River 
(seven or eight out of 12 months), the weir at Zi nga and the lack of beacons on certain segments. 
3.37.  In the air transport subsector, there have  been problems relating to the deterioration 
of airport infrastructure and safety, and the security of Bangui M'Poko international airport. 
3.38.  As regards land transport, and in pa rticular the transit of goods between Douala 
and Bangui, the Government is currently seeking partners with the view to creating a dry port 
for all imports into the country via Douala. 
3.39.  This single platform, coupled with the recent creation of conventional customs corridors 
for the transit of goods between Douala and Bangui made up of checkpoints and rest areas 
for truck drivers, is bound to contribute to the combat against fraud by controlling the import-export flow between Douala and Bangui, wh ile helping to safeguard and optimize customs 
revenue with a view to facilitating trade. A project involving the construction and outfitting 
of customs posts is under way. 
3.40.  Appropriate policies will be needed for the road and river transport sub sectors in view 
of their impact on the economic and social development of the entire population of the 
Central African Republic. The road infrastructure  development strategy will call for continued 
asphalting of trunk roads and the upgrading of exis ting infrastructure by providing for the proper 
and regular maintenance rural dirt roads. 
3.2.1.10  Investment 
3.41.  The National Investment charter ad opted by CEMAC aims at the development 
and processing of local raw materials, the cr eation of value added and employment, and the 
exportation of finished products, and advocates the freedom of investment, non-discrimination 
and total freedom in the management and transferability of profits. 
3.42.  The planned reforms in this area will focu s on the development of an investment policy, 
the setting up of the Directorate-General of the National Investment Commission 
as a Central African agency for the promotion of investment, the strengthening of the control 
and monitoring of approved enterprises, and atte ntion to very small enterprises and medium-sized 
enterprises. 
4  INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 
4.1.  In the context of its policy of openness the Central African Republic has signed several trade 
agreements at the multilateral, regional and bilateral levels in order to promote its integration into 
world trade. 
4.1  The WTO Agreements 4.2.  Central African Republic is an original Member of the WTO. It participates in the multilateral 
trade negotiations under the current Doha Development Agenda, and in that framework, 
it supports all of the measures that seek to favo ur market access for the least developed countries. 
These measures include: 
 implementation of the Enhanced Integrated Framework programme as one for the 
elements in the promotion of Aid for Trade with a view to building up the 
country's supply capacity; WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 101 - 
  
   strengthening of technical assistance; 
 improvement of special and differential treatment; 
 trade facilitation; 
 elimination of the agricultural subsidies granted by the developed countries; 
 access to medicines against major endemic diseases (HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis 
and malaria) through incentives offered by the developed countries to their institutions and enterprises to promote and encourage th e transfer of technology to the LDCs 
in accordance with Article 66.2 of the TRIPS Agreement, and the adoption of legal 
changes that will make it easier for poorer countries to import cheaper generics made under compulsory licensing if they are unabl e to manufacture the medicines themselves; 
 access to the markets of the industrialized countries for agricultural and non-agricultural 
products from the developing countries; 
 requirement for shared commitments of developed countries with respect to Mode 4 
and the need for Members to ensure that the GATS architecture is preserved. 
4.3.  The Central African Republic generally supports the positions of the LDCs and the 
African Group on matters relating to multilateral obligations and to the strengthening of technical cooperation activities. 
4.4.  In the coming years, the Government inte nds to strengthen the team of national experts 
representing the country while at the same time building up the capacity of the National Trade 
Negotiations Committee so that the country can be represented at all meetings and in all negotiating processes. To achieve this, the Government is relying on various forms of support 
in the framework of technical assistance from the WTO and other organizations working in the area 
of trade and development, in particular, WIPO, UNCTAD , the ITC and the WCO.  
4.5.  In the Aid-for-Trade area, the country's n eeds revolve around the construction of transport 
and energy infrastructure, productive capacity  building, trade and transport facilitation 
and harmonization of the regulatory framework. 
4.6.  As regards the implementation of the Agreement on the Application Sanitary 
and Phytosanitary Measures, the Central Africa n Republic has submitted to the Standards 
and Trade Development Facility (STDF) a project aimed at developing and implementing a strategy to strengthen the SPS system. This project is in the process of being approved 
by the STDF Secretariat. 
4.7.  The Central African Republic is a member of WIPO and a signatory of the Revised Bangui 
Agreement creating the AIPO. It has ratified several conventions on intellectual property. 
Through its effective involvement in these issues, the Central African Republic was able 
to set up a documentation and research centre with the support of WIPO and the AIPO, 
inaugurated on 13 September 2011. 
4.2  Regional agreements 
4.8.  At the subregional level, the Central African Republic belongs to the Economic Community 
of Central African States (ECCAS) and the Central African Economic and Monetary Community (CEMAC), and is a signatory of the Cotonou Agreement. 
4.9.  As a member of CEMAC, it is committed to effective integration that would facilitate the free 
movement of persons and goods, to the review  of the Investment Charter, to the proper 
implementation of the intra-Community compensation mechanism and the harmonization of rules of origin in order to ensure the traceability of goods traded within the Community, the introduction 
of juxtaposed customs posts, the establishmen t of the new transit regime, and the creation 
of checkpoints to facilitate trade between member countries. 
4.10.  However, a number of problems remain within the Community, including the lack 
of effective integration, incoherence in the a pplication of commonly agreed measures between 
the countries, distortions in the application of the CET, double taxation of goods traded within the Community, and failure to observe the intra-Community compensation mechanism. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 102 - 
  
  4.11.  The strengthening of regional integration requires a harmonization of the legal instruments 
applied in the region, and regular meetings within CEMAC so that each country can discuss its problems implementing the Community Provisions. 
4.2.1  Cotonou Agreement: The ACP-EU  Economic Partnership Agreements 
4.12.  The Central African Republic is negotiating the Economic Partnership Agreement in the 
framework of the CEMAC/Sao Tome and Principe/Dem ocratic Republic of the Congo configuration. 
As the implementation of this agreement will inev itably lead to enormous loss of revenue in the 
face of strong European competition, in order to soften the blow, the Government is seeking, 
with its counterparts in the other countries, to ensure that the "development" dimension is taken into account in the agreement. 
4.13.  In order to be able to formulate a proper negotiating mandate for the country 
as a landlocked LDC, the Central African Republic is relying on substantial support in strengthening 
its production capacity and infrastructure and rebuilding industrial plants, namely: 
 support for basic infrastructure such as roads, energy and water; 
 support for the production sectors with a view to diversifying supply; 
 support for private sector promotion; 
 improvement of the business environment; and 
 measures to offset the losses resulting from the implementation of the EPA. 
4.3  Bilateral agreements 
4.3.1  Relations with the United States 4.14.  The Central African Republic benefits from the generalized system of preferences, 
but since 2003 it has no longer been eligible for the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA). 
It is currently taking steps to renew its eligibility in order to be able to mobilise the resources it needs for its socio-economic development. 
4.3.2  Other bilateral agreements 
4.15.  Over the years, the Central African Repu blic has concluded a number of trade agreements 
with different countries: economic, trade and technical cooperation agreement with China; 
trade agreements with Egypt, Libya, Sudan, Nigeria, Chad, the former Soviet Union, Iraq, 
Germany, former Yugoslavia, North Korea, South Africa, Kuwait, and Turkey; and the investment 
promotion protection agreement with France, Germ any, Switzerland, Egypt, Morocco and China. 
4.16.  Joint expert commissions have been set up to follow up the implementation of the 
agreements, suggest any measures that could improve economic cooperation, and provide for 
the exchange of trade information between the countries. 
4.17.  In the framework of its cooperation with th ese countries, the Central African Republic plans 
to assess the impact of all these bilateral and regional agreements on its economy in order to find 
ways of deriving greater benefit from them. 
4.4  Technical assistance needs 
4.18.  The Central African Republic has trade-relate d assistance needs in various areas, including: 
 - implementation of trade-related agreements including notifications; 
 - participation in the regular activities of the WTO, capacity building for participation in 
 trade negotiations; 
- integration of trade policies in development policies. 
 4.19.  The country's trade-related technical assist ance needs with respect to policy formulation 
include: harmonization of domestic laws and regulations with the principles and rules of the WTO; 
human and institutional capacity building in the trade area; and the development of policies aimed at boosting profits and minimizing potential costs relating to the implementation 
of the agreements. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 103 - 
  
  4.20.  There is also the elimination of supply-side  constraints, namely: the poor state of the roads 
and the persistent insecurity in the country; the lack of inputs such as electricity, and a financial system oriented chiefly towards import-export activities, not to mention the additional costs relating to the country's land-locked status. The authorities hope to take better advantage 
of the country's considerable assets in the agricultural area, and in particular to revitalize 
and diversify cash crops and develop livestock breeding. The integration of trade policy in the Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper (PRSP II) could also help to eliminate poverty. In this 
connection, the Central African Republic is re lying on the implementation of the Enhanced 
Integrated Framework and Aid for Trade in order to  build up its supply and production capacities. 
4.21.  Technical assistance needs are also felt in the different production sectors such as: Tourism 
- technical support upon request in formulating the Government's policy and projects 
in the tourist area; 
- assistance in implementing these operational activities; 
- human capacity building in the tourism sector. 
 Agriculture 
- technical and institutional support for agricultural research and training; 
- support for the professional organizations (groupings, associations, federation); - support for the creation of a fund to help finance the purchase, storage and export 
of coffee. 
 
Forestry 
- capacity building with respect to diversification and marketing strategies for timber 
and non-timber products. 
 Transport 
- revival and implementation of the project to build a flow control dam at Palambo, 
66 km upstream from Bangui; 
- capacity building in transport management for ministry officials; - upgrading of Bangui M'Poko International Airport to bring it into line with 
international standards. 
 Financial services 
- support for the creation of a databank; 
- strengthening of the insurance market. 
 
Customs 
- capacity building in the area of customs statistics and customs value. 
 Trade and Industry  
- support for the development and implementation of the SPS strategy; 
- support for improvement of the industrial environment; 
- capacity building for the WTO Reference Centre; 
- support for the setting up of an export promotion centre; 
- support for the creation of the Central African Standardization Agency; - support for the development of an Intellectual Property Action Plan; 
- capacity building for the integrated database (IDB); 
- capacity building for notifications; - human and institutional capacity building in the trade sphere. 
 
Private Sector  
- promotion of funding mechanisms for the SMEs; - support for the creation of an approved management centre; 
- support for the development of a post-conflict private sector revival strategy; 
- support for the revitalization of the support and advisory bodies. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 104 - 
  
  5  CONCLUSION 
5.1.  This statement, which reflects the Government's socio-economic policy, calls for significant 
growth and self-sustained development enabling the Central African Republic to achieve its fundamental objectives, including those deriving from its WTO membership. The various 
analyses conducted at the WTO have reve aled the strengths and weaknesses of the 
country's trade policy. 
5.2.  In spite of its difficult socio-economic situation, the Central African Republic is determined 
to improve its trade policy. To that end, it is relying on the multi-faceted assistance of all 
the donors and development partners to enable it  to confront the development challenges that 
lie ahead. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 105 - 
  
  REPORT OF CHAD 
1  INTRODUCTION 1.1.  After its first WTO Trade Policy Review on 22 and 24 January 2007, Chad is now set to have 
its second Review on 29 and 31 July 2013 at the WTO in Geneva, in the context of the 
grouped Trade Policy Review of Member States of the Central African Economic and Monetary 
Community (CEMAC). 
1.2.  The following "policy statement by the Government of Chad" seeks to highlight the efforts 
made by Chad in the various areas that impact socio-economic development, and addresses the 
following areas: 
- Overview; 
- Macroeconomic policy; 
- Trade negotiations framework; 
- Trade policy implementation (trade policy instruments); - Trade policy formation by sector; and 
- Technical assistance. 
 2  OVERVIEW 
2.1.  Located in the centre of Africa, Chad has an area of 1,284,000 km
2. It is entirely landlocked, 
and is bounded in the north by Libya, south by the Central African Republic, east by Sudan, and west by Cameroon, Nigeria and Niger. The closest seaport is the port of Douala, Cameroon, 1,700 kilometres from N'Djamena. 
2.2.  Chad achieved independence on 11 August  1960. Its political system is governed by the 
Constitution of 31 March 1996. The country is divided into 23 administrative regions, including N'Djamena, the capital, 67 departments and 271 sub-prefectures. The decentralisation 
characteristic of the Chadian state is in progress. 
2.3.  Chad had an estimated population of 12 mi llion inhabitants in 2012, with an average density 
of 8.6 inhabitants per km
2. 
2.4.  The Republic of Chad comprises several sedimentary basins of which most have yet 
to be explored. 
2.5.  The country is divided into three climatic  zones – the Sudanian zone, the Sahelian zone, and 
the Saharan zone – and has two seasons: a rainy season and a dry season. Average annual rainfall 
varies from one zone to the other, with 800 to 1,200 mm for the Sudanian zone, 400 to 800 mm 
for the Sahelian zone, and less than 300 mm for the Saharan zone. 
2.6.  Chad is a member of several international, regional and subregional organisations, including 
the United Nations (UN), the African Union (AU), the World Trade Organization (WTO), 
the Organization for the Harmonization of Business Law in Africa (OHADA), the African Intellectual Property Organization (AIPO), the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), 
the New Economic Partnership for Africa's Deve lopment (NEPAD), the Central African Economic 
and Monetary Community (CEMAC), the Economic Community of Central African States (ECCAS), 
the Permanent Inter-State Committee for Drought Control in the Sahel (CILSS), and the Community of Sahelan-Saharan States (CEN-SAD). It also has bilateral agreements with 
several countries. 
2.7.  Chad's foremost trading partner is the European Union, with which it is negotiating 
an economic partnership agreement in the context of the CEMAC. Chad also has trade relations 
with the United States of America in the framework of the AGOA. 
2.8.  Chad has signed several bilateral trade agreements as well as agreements concerning 
reciprocal investment. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 106 - 
  
  3  MACROECONOMIC POLICY 
3.1  Economic situation 3.1.  Chad's economy has grown vigorously over the last twenty years, with an annual average 
rate of 7% for the period 1995-2010. The diagnost ic survey of Chad's socio-economic situation 
in the decade 2000-2011, during which two poverty reduction strategies were implemented, 
highlights the strong points, weaknesses, opportunities and threats to the country's sustainable development. A significant feature of Chad's growth is its uneven nature, largely as a result 
of fluctuations in agricultural and oil output linked to climate conditions and world oil prices. 
3.2.  Between 2004 and 2005 oil production almost doubled the country's GDP, which rose 
from CFAF 1,732 billion in 2004 to 3,101 billion in 2005. The oil sector accounted for an average of 36% of GDP over the period 2003-2009, as ag ainst 21% for agriculture and livestock, 13% for 
trade and 29% for all other sectors. In 2005-2008, agriculture accounted for 12.5% of GDP, 
whereas for the Congo, Gabon and Equatorial Guinea, which are also regional oil producers, it represented only between 3 and 4% in 2009-2010. 
3.2  Public finances 
3.3.  As regards budgetary resources, oil revenue  accounted for an annual average of almost 80% 
of State budgetary receipts. Non-oil revenues currently represent only 13% of GDP and at best can 
only cover the wage bill. The low tax burden of about 8% is 10 points below the CEMAC norm, 
which explains the situation. Meanwhile foreign aid, the other growth financing source, fell over the last three years. According to the OECD, total net programmable ODA (Official Development Assistance) for Chad over the period 2009-2011, all donors together, was US$251 million in 2009 
(actual figure), US$212 million in 2010 and US$200 million in 2011. 
3.4.  The oil-fuelled fiscal expansion accounts for the rapid increase in domestically-financed 
capital spending, which rose from 2.1% of non-oil GDP in 2003 to 12.6% in 2008-2010. 
3.3  Prices 
3.5.  Inflation picked up speed in 2011 owing to the surge in the world food prices, reaching 6.5% 
compared to -2% in 2010. However, inflationary  pressures are expected to ease and inflation 
to stabilise at an annual rate of 3% on averag e for 2012-2015, in line with the 3% convergence 
criterion adopted by the CEMAC. 
3.4  Monetary situation 3.6.  As a result of the rise in net external assets and in public spending, in 2010 the money 
supply grew at a rate of 25.4%, the same as that of nominal GDP. Credit to the economy rose 
by 19%, the same rate as for nominal non-oil GDP. As the IMF Country Report for 2011 stresses, "… compared to other low-income sub-Sa haran African countries, monetization and credit 
to the private sector are low in Chad. The financial sector is underdeveloped, with eight 
commercial banks, two insurance companies, and two pension funds"
2. 
3.7.  Of the eight local banks, two (BCC and CBT)  are currently up for sale and another, the BAC 
(Banque agricole et commerciale ) is being recapitalised. The COBAC decision to raise the capital 
requirement of all local banks to CFAF 10 bill ion as from 2013 will certainly bring sweeping 
changes in Chad's banking system. 
3.5  External accounts 
3.8.  As far as the balance of payments is concerned, the average current account deficit shrank 
from -34.6% of GDP in 2010 to -23.9% in 2011. St rong growth of goods exports (21.6%), while 
imports remained at the 2010 level, brought ab out a significant improvement in the overall 
balance of payments: 2.3% of GDP in 2011 as against 0.5% in 2010. 
                                               
2 IMF Country Report, 2011 Article IV Consultation. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 107 - 
  
  3.9.  Prior to oil exploitation, exports consisted primarily of agricultural and livestock products, 
in particular livestock (51% of exports), cotton fibre (30%), and gum arabic (4%). These have now been displaced by oil, which accounts for 88%, as against 6% for livestock, 2% for cotton fibre and 4% for other products. In 2011, exports of goods represented 36.4% of GDP; 91.2% 
consisted of oil exports. The 21.3% growth during the period under review stemmed essentially 
from higher crude oil prices and strong exports of cotton fibre, which more than doubled over one year after the cotton industry was taken over by Coton-Tchad Société Nouvelle . 
3.10.  Imports of goods stabilised at around  the 2010 level, i.e. 21.3%  of GDP in 2011. Imports 
of services rose slightly, with a growth rate of 2.6% in 2011 (28.7% in 2010). 
3.6  Debt situation 3.11.  Total debt averaged 30.9% of GDP in 2009-2011; external debt amounted to 24% of GDP 
and domestic debt 6.9%. The net present value of external debt represents nearly 40.7% 
of exports of goods and services during the pe riod under review. Compliance with debt relief 
conditions under the External HIPC Initiative and the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative (MDRI) 
would cut external debt by half in nominal terms (over US$1 billion), which would yield debt 
service savings of about US$40 million per year over 30 years. This debt sustainability analysis does not take into account the medium and long-term impact of the framework agreement 
with EximBank China which is being studied by the National Debt Analysis Committee (CONAD). 
3.7  Demographic growth 3.12.  A final salient feature of Chad's macroeconomic situation is the continuing high population 
growth rate of 3.5% per year, which makes it difficult to increase GDP per capita rapidly. 
Assuming economic growth of 5% per year, GDP pe r capita would only double over 46 years, and 
an emerging Chad by 2025 would be unimaginable. 
3.8  Economic outlook 
3.13.  Since 2002 the Government has drawn up and implemented two generations of 
National Poverty Reduction Strategies covering the periods 2003-2007 and 2008-2011. The evaluation of the implementation of these strategies (NPRS1 and 2) indicated that while 
progress has certainly been made in terms of economic growth, job promotion, poverty reduction 
and improved quality of public services, most of the objectives were not attained and not all social indicators are satisfactory. 
3.14.  The completion of the second NPRS in December 2011 left the country in a programmatic 
vacuum, while the Government cherishes the ambition to make Chad an emerging country 
by 2025. It has therefore decided to draw up  a National Development Plan (NDP) for the 
period 2013-2015 with this aim in view. 
3.15.  The central scenario of the macroeconomic framework for the NDP seeks to reconcile three 
major Government concerns over the medium term. These are (i) to maintain a stable macroeconomic framework; (ii) to maintain a sustained level of public spending to accompany 
diversification policies aimed at speeding up growth and reducing poverty; and (iii) to move 
towards effective planning of expenditure, with budget programming that is more foreseeable and 
sustainable over time through strict control over mandatory spending and a firm commitment to supporting the multi-year programmes underway. 
3.16.  The main results of the central scenario macroeconomic framework are as follows: the 
economy should record sustained growth over the pe riod thanks to an upturn in the primary sector 
as a result of higher agricultural activity. GDP could reach 8.9% in 2012 and stabilise 
at around 8.9% on average for 2013-2015, represen ting a net gain of about 5 points compared 
with 2008-2011. Per capita GD P growth would average 4.3% over the period 2013-2015 
(Source: National Development Plan 2013-2015). WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 108 - 
  
  4  TRADE NEGOTIATIONS FRAMEWORK 
4.1.  Since more than a decade Chad has introduced major reforms in the trade sector in order to 
take greater advantage of the growth of international trade flows and participate on a sustainable basis in the world economy. 
4.2.  The principle of free trade prevails for both  imports and exports, as well as on the domestic 
market, and restrictions concern only a limitative list of products on grounds of consumer health or safety. 
4.3.  Chad has thus endeavoured to comply wi th the main prescriptions of the World Trade 
Organization (WTO) and the regulations of the CEMAC, which are now the guiding frameworks of its trade policy. 
4.4.  In this context, the primary role of the State is henceforth firstly to guarantee economic 
operators a favourable business environment and at the same time to provide the foundations for 
speeding up poverty reduction for the population. 
4.5.  Chad has a Permanent Mission to the United Nations Office at Geneva in Switzerland, which 
is also responsible for matters relating to the WTO, UNCTAD, the International Trade Centre (ITC) 
and the World Intellectual Property Organization  (WIPO). This Mission has played a key role 
in conducting the negotiations on cotton, of which Chad is a co-sponsor. 
5  TRADE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION  (TRADE POLICY INSTRUMENTS) 
5.1.  With the support of several sectoral mini sterial departments, the Ministry of Commerce and 
Industry is primarily responsible for the implementa tion of both domestic and foreign trade policy. 
5.2.  The principal instruments governing domestic trade are as follows: 
 - Law No. 30 of 28 December 1968 on prices , economic intervention and the repression 
of economic offences; 
 - Law No. 20/PR/1967 of 9 July 1967 introducing a card for aliens engaged in trade, 
supplemented by Ordinance No. 31/PR/ET of 4 October 1967; 
 - Decree No. 747/PR/PM/MCI/2010 of 16 Se ptember 2010 on the organisation and 
operation of the national investment and export agency; 
 - Decree No. 743/PR/PM/MCI/2010 establishing administrative procedures for the 
setting up of businesses; 
 - The uniform Acts of OHADA;  - The National Investment Charter of 2008 consistent with the CEMAC Community 
Investment Charter; and 
 - The various CEMAC regulations, in particular those concerning anti-competitive 
practices and State practices relating to trade among member States. 
5.3.  The following legislation is in the process of being adopted: 
 - Draft law on prices and competition in the Republic of Chad; 
 - Draft law on consumer protection in the Republic of Chad: 
 - Draft law on standardization: and 
 - Draft law on metrology. 
5.4.  Most prices have been liberalized since the 1990s, with the exception of tariffs for water and 
electricity which are distributed respectively by the Société tchadienne des Eaux  (Chad Water 
Company - STE) and the Société nationale de l'électricité  (National Electricity Company - SNE) 
which are set by the Government; the prices of proprietary medicines, which are set on the basis of profit margins of 20% for wholesalers and 30% for dispensaries and pharmacies; and the prices 
of oil products ex-refinery and at the pump fr om the DJARMAYA refinery, and of 3kg and 6kg 
of butane gas. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 109 - 
  
  5.5.  The main laws and regulations governing foreign trade are: 
 - Decree No. 452/PR/85 abrogating Decree No. 282/PR/85 on import procedures. Under 
this decree, imports from any country may enter freely. However, the Ministry of Commerce, for health or security reasons, may prohibit and/or restrict the import of 
one or several products; 
 - Order No. 054/MCPI/DG/DC/95 abolishing import licences and establishing a negative 
list of products subject to special import authorisation (sulphur and explosives) 
delivered by the Ministry of Commerce. 
 - Decree No. 451/PR/95 of 29 July 1995 liberalizing exports of all goods, products, 
foodstuffs and other items. However, the Mi nistry responsible for trade may prohibit 
or restrict the exportation of a specific product. 
 - Decree No. 138 bis/PR/MEPHP/88 regulating exports of livestock and livestock 
products. This Decree authorises the exportation of live cattle and livestock products, with the exception of breeding females and calves. 
5.6.  Chad's exports consist primarily of oil, cotton, live cattle, gum arabic, sesame and 
groundnuts. 
5.7.  The customs regime applied by Chad is that of the CEMAC. The common external tariff (CET) 
resulting from the tax and customs reform seeks to ensure that the same conditions are applied 
to all enterprises in the subregion by rationalising the classification of imports into five tariff bands, each with a single customs duty: 
- 0% for the generalised preferential tariff; 
- 5% for essential goods; 
- 10% for raw materials and capital goods; - 20% for various intermediate goods; 
- 30% for fast-moving consumer goods. 
5.8.  In addition to the above tariff bands, Chad's imports and exports are subject to a 2% 
statistical tax, the 1% Community Integration Tax (TCI), and the Community Integration 
Contribution (CCI) of 0.4%. 
5.9.  Chad levies value-added tax (VAT) at a rate of 18%. 5.10.  Chad has complied with its commitments to bind its tariff lines on agricultural 
products (80%) and passenger transport vehicles (75%). The same applies to trade in services, 
with the opening up of tourism and travel agency re lated services as well as land and air transport. 
5.11.  Chad's agricultural exports have been granted free access to the European Union market 
under the "Everything But Arms" Initiative, pending the conclusion of the partnership agreement 
that is being negotiated between the CEMAC and the EU. 
5.12.  Like all least developed countries (LDCs), Chad does not subsidize exports. 5.13.  The WTO Agreement on Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS) has not had 
a perceptible impact on Chad's exports consisting basically of cotton and gum arabic. 
5.14.  The Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of  Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) does not 
currently require Chad to undertake any significant legal work owing to the structural weakness of its economy. The domestic legislation is the same as that of the other AIPO member countries 
and guarantees the protection of intellectual property (patents, trademarks and inventions). 
5.15.  Chad has prepared a national intellectual property strategy with the support of WIPO. 
This strategy is consistent with the social policy  and gender equality enshrined in the Constitution, 
and will be approved shortly. 
5.16.  As regards intellectual property, consisting of industrial property and literary and artistic 
property, mention should also be made of th e Chadian Copyright Office (BUTDRA), attached 
to the Ministry of Culture. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 110 - 
  
  5.17.  The WTO Agreement on Customs Valuation established a new system for determining the 
customs value of imported goods. This Agreement is applied throughout the territory pursuant to Order No. 110 of 29 June 2009 of the Ministry of Finance and Budget. 
5.18.  The Ministry of Commerce is responsible fo r preparing notifications and transmitting them 
to the WTO, but has recently had difficulties in fulfilling this multilateral obligation. 
5.19.  At the international level, Chad has been very active in developing a coherent foreign trade 
policy with respect to cotton. Since 2003 it has been participating in the Sectoral Initiative 
in Favour of Cotton – which calls for the elimination of trade-distorting cotton subsidies – and with 
its partners (Benin, Burkina Faso and Mali), has defended the cotton cause at the WTO. 
5.20.  Thus, in October 2006 it participated (for the second time) as a third party in the dispute 
between Brazil and the United States on the elimination of cotton subsidies. 
6  TRADE POLICY FORMULATION BY SECTOR AND SECTORAL POLICIES 
6.1.  Generally speaking, the Government determines and implements national policy, and 
the National Assembly passes the corresponding legislation. Promulgated laws are published 
in the Official Journal. Each ministry draws up the po licy relating to its area of activity. In the case 
of trade, the Ministry of Commerce and Industry is responsible for formulating trade policy, overseeing its implementation and ensuring comp liance. According to the nature of the issues 
concerned, it coordinates this policy with other ministries and concerned institutions, the private 
sector and civil society. 
6.2.  The Ministry of Commerce and Industry is the WTO focal point and hence the leading entity 
for WTO matters. Broadly speaking, it intends to give priority to actions aimed at boosting 
commercial and industrial development: establishment of a regulatory framework conducive 
to investment through the adoption of the national investment charter; introduction of a standardization and quality assurance system; making the National Investment and Export 
Agency (ANIE) operational in July 2011 with the opening of a single window; and strengthening 
the effectiveness of the Chamber of Commerce, Indu stry, Agriculture, Mining and Crafts (CCIAMA) 
with the establishment of a State-Private Sector Dialogue Forum (FODEP). 
6.3.  In December 2011 the Employers Association prepared a white paper setting out the major 
obstacles to private sector development and recommendations for improving the business climate. The Government is currently studying the white paper with a view to its adoption. 
6.4.  Chad has an embryonic manufacturing sector, with only a score of enterprises accounting for 
most of the country's industrial fabric. These include a seed cotton processing and ginning factory 
(Société cotonnière du Tchad , now the Coton Tchad Société Nouvelle ); a sugar and sugar products 
factory ( Compagnie sucrière du Tchad ); a cigarette factory ( Manufacture de cigarette du Tchad ); 
a plant manufacturing cooking oil, household soap and oilcake from cotton seed (oil and 
soap-making department of Coton Tchad ); a brewery, Brasserie du Tchad  (BDT), for local 
consumption (beer as well as sweetened and unsweetened carbonated drinks); a corrugated iron 
sheet manufacturing plant; some mineral water plants; a modern refrigerated slaughterhouse 
(SMAFF) in Farcha near N'Djamena; a modern brick works; the N'Djamena Refining Company 
(SRN) which runs the Djarmaya refinery; a company producing agricultural equipment and tractor assembly (SIMATRAC); a fruit juice company (STJF); a cotton mill; a national cement company 
(SONACIM); and a polypropylene factory. 
6.5.  An industrialization policy and guidelines are currently being drawn up. 6.6.  Among the ministries and other institutions involved in the trade policy review process, some 
have a particular role to play. They are the following: 
6.7.  The Ministry of Foreign Affairs and African Integration, represented by the Permanent Mission 
of Chad in Geneva, is the interface between the WTO and the capital. 
6.8.  The Ministry of Finance and Budget is responsible for the formulation, coordination, 
implementation and follow-up of government policy in the financial and budgetary field; organizing WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 111 - 
  
  and controlling government and treasury accounts, customs duties and State property taxes; 
approving public procurement and leases entere d into by the State in accordance with the 
threshold set by the Government Procurement Code and subsequent texts; preparing and 
developing the general State budget and monitoring its execution; managing domestic and 
external debt; formulating banking and insurance policies in conjunction with the bodies 
and/or organizations concerned, etc. It prep ares the Finance Law together with the other 
ministries prior to its adoption by the National Assembly. 
6.9.  The Ministry plans to: 
- transpose the CEMAC directive on budget preparation into domestic law; and 
- follow up the computerization process for the Ministry. 
6.10.  The Ministry of the Economy, Planning and International Cooperation is responsible for 
formulating, coordinating, implementing and following up government policy in the areas 
of planning, the economy and mobilization of resources, as well as international cooperation. Thus it is responsible for implementing the macroeconomic and financial framework; formulating 
and coordinating the implementation of develo pment programmes and strategies; promoting the 
partnership between the public sector, private sector and civil society organisations. 
6.11.  In this context, the MEPCI has drawn up  the National Development Plan (NDP) 2013-2015, 
which was adopted by the Council of Ministers during April 2013. The NDP includes the sectoral 
policies for 2013-2015. 
6.12.  The national cell of the Regional Economic Programme (REP) is attached to the Ministry 
of the Economy, Planning and International Cooperation and is responsible for monitoring the 
projects included in the REP. 
6.13.  The Ministry of Agriculture and Irrigation is responsible for the agriculture subsector. 
It is therefore in charge of formulating, implementing and following up national agricultural 
development policy, aimed at increasing the produc tivity of cereal, root and tuber crops, oilseeds 
and fruit crops. 
6.14.  Thus, hydro-agricultural works, tractors, small-scale agricultural equipment and necessary 
inputs have been made available to producers, in  addition to extension services. Together with 
good rainfall, this has led to a cereal crop production of 2,611,814 tonnes in 2010-2011 and 1,657,182 tonnes in 2011-2012. 
6.15.  In the context of mechanisation of ag riculture under the National Food Security 
Programme (PNSA) the Government provided 1,011 tractors for producers (201 tractors in 2011 
and 810 in 2012). 
6.16.  Following the Rural Development Forum held from 24 to 27 January 2012 in N'Djamena, the 
following strategy guidelines for the achievement of sustainable food independence 
were identified: 
- Water control and management; 
- Intensification and diversification of agricultural production; 
- Strengthening of food crisis prevention and management arrangements; - Strengthening of producer extension services and organisations; and - Support for the promotion of high-growth activities. 
6.17.  The Ministry of Agriculture and Irrigation  has drawn up a five-year plan 2013-2018 for this 
purpose, which will be approved shortly. The agriculture subsector accounts for 23% of GDP and employs 80% of the country's active population. Thus, in order to attain the objective laid down 
in the National Policy, the Government has been pursuing the development of hydro-agricultural 
works, combating crop pests, in particular bird and locust infestations, improving research and extension activities and rural training and ca pacity-building for producer organisations. 
6.18.  The Ministry of Pastoral Development and Livestock Production is responsible 
for formulating, coordinating and implementing national policy relating to the production and WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 112 - 
  
  exploitation of animal resources, the developmen t of pasture land, the management of pastoral 
resources and the organisation of professional livestock breeders with respect to the parties concerned, as well as the application of phytosanitary measures. 
6.19.  The livestock subsector is very important for the Chadian economy, accounting on average 
for 40% of GDP and 30% of exports. After oi l, it is the biggest source of exports. 
6.20.  In the past Chad exported skins and hides of cattle, sheep, goats and reptiles to various 
African and European countries. 
6.21.  It is therefore desirable to revive trade relations in this area with these former partners 
as well as expanding them to potential clients such as the People's Republic of China, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, India, South Africa, Ango la, the United States and some Gulf States. 
6.22.  There are few processing activities: Chad currently has only a single refrigerated slaughter 
house which dates from 1958 and therefore does not meet modern standards. It is currently run 
by the private sector. The Pastoral Livestock Support Project (PASEP) and the Cattle Sector Support Project (PAIB) have over the last two years built 14 slaughter centres and livestock 
markets in some regions of the country. 
6.23.  Chad exports small amounts of meat to Eq uatorial Guinea, Gabon and the Republic of Congo 
(Brazzaville). 
6.24.  It is planned to build high-capacity modern refrigerated slaughter houses at Djarmaya, 
Abéché, Moundou, Ati and Sarh. 
6.25.  A Foodstuff Quality Control Centre (CCOQDA) exists in the Ministry of Pastoral Development 
and Livestock Production, to which the standardisation and metrology agency will be attached. 
6.26.  The Ministry of the Environment and Fishery Resources is responsible for formulating, 
coordinating, implementing and following up government policy relating to the environment and fishery resources. 
6.27.  These activities are carried out by seven technical departments of the Ministry. It also 
has 23 regional delegations, as well as other bodies which it supervises and focal points. 
6.28.  In order to place environmental activities on a permanent basis, a special fund for the 
environment was set up by Law No. 014/PR/98 of 17 August 1998 which lays down the general 
principles of environmental protection. The modalit ies for the establishment and operation of this 
fund were set out in Decree No. 168/PR/PM/MERH/2012. 
6.29.  Chad is mindful of socio-economic and ecol ogical difficulties and has therefore signed the 
Great Green Wall Convention, an initiative of the African heads of State and Government and 
in particular of the Community of Sahelo-Saharan States (CEN-SAD). A national agency for the Great Green Wall was set up by Order No. 04/PR/PM/MERH/2012 of 4 June 2012. 
6.30.  Chad's forests are naturally very rich in forest species. These include the Senegal gum 
acacia, in the central area and shea nuts in the south. Chad is currently the world's second producer of gum arabic, one of the forest products exported to some African countries (Nigeria) 
and western countries, headed by France followed by the United States. 
6.31.  Fishing is a major activity, carried out on Lake Chad and the two permanent watercourses, 
the Logone and the Chari, and the semi-permanent watercourses of the Barh Azoum, Barh Kôh, Barh Salamat and Mayo-Kebbi, Lake Fitri, Lake Ir o, Lake Léré and Lake Tikem. Aquaculture is 
also practised. 
6.32.  The cultivation of spirulina around Lake Chad is currently a small-scale operation that could 
be modernized in order to market the product on a large scale with a label. 
6.33.  The Ministry of Rural and Urban Water Su pply, established by Decree No. 891/PR/PM/2011, 
is responsible for implementing the national water and sanitation strategy. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 113 - 
  
  6.34.  In the ten centres under concession, wate r management is organised by the Chad Water 
Supply Company (Société des eaux - STE) which resulted from the splitting up of the Chad Water and Electricity Company (Société tchadienne d'eau et de l'électricité - STEE). In the case of centres for which concessions have not been granted, water organisation and management is carried out 
by user associations or communes under the supervision of the local delegations of the 
Ministry of Rural and Urban Water Supply. 
6.35.  In order to attain the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) in drinking water and double 
the number of water works for pastoral use, needs are estimated at CFAF 802 billion until 2017. 
6.36.  The Ministry of Infrastructure and Public Facilities is responsible for formulating, 
implementing and following up government policy with  regard to infrastructure and public facilities, 
and has implemented the National Transport Stra tegy (SNT) for the period 2000-2009, updated 
to 2015. The major objectives are to open up the country both internally and externally, and 
to ensure access to the entire national territory in all seasons. In 2012, Chad had about 1,616.5 kilometres of paved roads and 1,311 kilometres of graded dirt roads. 
6.37.  Looking to the future, efforts will be made to increase the extent of paved roads 
to 3,092 kilometres and dirt roads to 1,725 kilometres by 2019. Chad does not have a railway. 
6.38.  The Ministry of Transport and Civil Aviati on is responsible for implementing government 
policy on transport and civil aviation. The Governme nt transport policy is set out in the National 
Transport Strategy. The objectives of the strategy  for 2000-2010 are: to open up the country both 
internally and externally; reduce transport costs; maintain a minimum level of accessibility to all regions of the country, in particular during the rainy season; pursue the liberalization of the sector 
and modernization of the administration; and develop rural infrastructure and local modes 
of transport. 
6.39.  An updated version of the strategy for the period 2011-2020 was approved in May 2012. 
Chad does not have a railway. The Government has signed a contract with the Chinese "China Civil 
Engineering Construction Corporation" for the implementation of a project to build rail links with the existing networks in Nigeria, Sudan and Cameroon, at an estimated cost of 
over US$7.5 billion, or 5.36 billion euros. 
6.40.  Chad has an international airport at N'Djamen a, but its capacity is considered limited. A new 
international airport is planned at Djarmaya, 35 kilometres from N'Djamena. 
6.41.  The Ministry of Energy and Petroleum play s a major role in the country's socio-economic 
development. It is responsible for the formulation, coordination, implementation and follow-up 
of government policy relating to energy and hydrocarbons. 
6.42.  The Government has established a legislative and regulatory framework that is sufficiently 
attractive to attract investors in both the hydroc arbons and energy sectors. Order No. 7/PC/TP/MH 
of 3 February 1962 and its implementing Decree of 10 May 1967 establish the legal and fiscal regime for the prospection, exploration, exploita tion and pipeline transport of hydrocarbons and 
the rights and obligations of parties; Law No. 006/PR/2007 of 2 May 2007 on hydrocarbons, 
as amended and supplemented by Order No. 001/PR/2010 of 30 September 2010 approving 
a standard contract for production-sharing and by Decree No. 796/PR/PM/MPE/2010 of 30 September 2010 implementing Law No. 006/PR/2007 of 2 May 2007, had the immediate 
effect of attracting large-scale foreign capital into our fledgling oil industry. 
6.43.  As the engine of socio-economic developmen t, the energy sector has been given the highest 
priority in the Government's programme and therefore accounts for a large share of the 
national budget. 
6.44.  Electricity distribution is limited and despite government subsidies electricity prices 
are among the highest in the world. The latest review of electricity prices led to a 
price cut of about 37% and a narrowing of the tariff structure to two bands. For household 
use (low voltage) the price of a kilowatt/hour (kWh) is CFAF 85 for the first band (0 to 150 kWh), and CFAF 125 for the second band. For other type s of consumption there is a single tariff band 
costing CFAF 125 per kWh. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 114 - 
  
  6.45.  Since 1999 the energy sector has been governed by Law No. 014/PR/99 of 15 June 1999 
on the production, transmission and distribution  of electricity, which is primarily aimed at 
liberalizing the electricity sector through the introduction of independent producers who will generate electricity and sell it to the National Electricity Company (SNE), which still retains a 
distribution monopoly. 
6.46.  Chad has prepared and approved an energy sector master plan as a permanent 
planning instrument. 
6.47.  The following are placed under the supervis ion of the Ministry of Energy and Petroleum: 
- The Chad Hydrocarbons Company (Société des hydrocarbures du Tchad - SHT), which 
manages the State portfolio relating to partnership and production contracts, the sale of royalties in kind taken by the State, and the marketing of petroleum products; 
- The Regulatory Authority for the Downstream Petroleum Sector (ARSAT), which 
is responsible for the regulation, oversight and monitoring of the standards and activities of petroleum sector operators, etc.; and 
- The N'Djamena Refining Company  (Société de raffinage de N'Djamena - SRN), which 
runs the Djarmaya refinery. 
6.48.  The Ministry of Mining and Geology is responsible for the implementation and follow-up 
of the Government's mining and geology policy. Chad has abundant and varied mineral resources 
but these are scarcely exploited. There are inci pient gold and sodium carbonate exploitation 
activities. The existing mining agreements have  been signed with the following companies: 
Gazprom SA; SP Mining Chad SA; and Chad Mining Services. 
6.49.  Exploitation taxes are as follows: sand: CFAF 500/m
3, soil, laterite; backfill: CFAF 300/m3, 
crushed gravel: CFAF 1,500/tonne, pea gravel (natural): CFAF 1,500/1000 m3; 
exploration permits: surface area taxes as follows: first 5 years: CFAF 200/km2/year; first 
renewal: CFAF 400/km2/year; second renewal: CFAF 500/ km2/year; exploitation permit: 
attribution fee: CFAF 2 million; renewal: CFAF 3 million; transfer: CFAF 2 million (Source: Focal point, Ministry of Mining and Geology). 
6.50.  The Ministry of Public Health is responsibl e for the implementation of public health policy. 
It is currently carrying out the following activities as determined by the Government: 
- Setting up of a factory to produce medicines with a quality control laboratory in Chad; 
- Creation of a pharmacy course in the N'Djamena University Faculty of Health 
Sciences; 
- Holding of a monthly meeting with the President of the Republic to take stock of the 
activities of the Ministry of Public Health; 
- Setting up of an annual CFAF 5 billion fund to provide free emergency care by the 
Government; 
- Promulgation of Law No. 24/PR/2000 of 24 November 2000 on the pharmaceutical 
sector and its implementing decrees; 
- Adoption of a national pharmaceutical policy; - Promulgation of Order No. 362/MSP/SG /DGAS/DPML/2003 of  2 November 2003 
harmonizing charges for acts and generic medicines in the regional supply pharmacies 
(PRAs), hospitals and health centres: 16% for the pharmaceutical procurement 
centre (CPA), 25% for PRAs, 30% for ho spitals and 30% for health centres; 
- Promulgation of Order No. 30 establishing the profit margins for private 
pharmaceutical facilities: 20% for wholesale distributors and 30% for pharmacies, 
dispensaries and pharmaceutical stores; 
- Adoption of the documents for the harmonization of national pharmaceutical policies in 
the ECCAS area; and 
- Setting up of a multi-sectoral commit tee to combat street medicines, etc. 
6.51.  The Ministry of Tourism and Handicrafts Development is responsible inter alia  for the 
promotion of tourism and craft activities. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 115 - 
  
  6.52.  Tourism is the only services sector for which Chad has made commitments under 
the General Agreement on Trade and Services (GATS). These commitments concern hotel and restaurant services and travel agencies, and guarantee free access to the Chadian market. 
The hotel sector is made up of private operators and was opened up to foreign operators when 
Chad signed the GATS. The Chadian tourism office has been operational since mid-2010 and 
is responsible for promoting tourism in Chad at the international level. It has carried out various activities, including the development of charter flights with the tour operator Point Afrique  (flights 
between Marseille and Faya-Largeau, which handle d over 1,200 mainly French tourists in two 
seasons), the development and implementation of a databank of all the country's tourist sites, 
representation of Chad at major international tourism fairs, and the organization of an international festival of Saharan cultures. 
6.53.  Chad currently has three major hotels, 58 other hotels, 111 travel agencies, 60 restaurants 
and 109 inns that have been officially surv eyed (Source: Department of Tourism and 
Hotel Services), nearly all of which are in the capital. Although the Government's decentralisation 
policy has led to the building of two major hotels with State funds in the east of the country 
(Amdjarass and Biltine), it is very hard to imagine the hotel sector developing outside the capital in the short term. 
6.54.  With regard to the promotion of crafts, the following should be mentioned: introduction 
of a National Crafts Promotion Day by Decree No. 863/PR/PM/MDTA/2010 of 4 November 2010; adoption of Law No. 13/PR/2012 of 5 June 2012 setting up the National Crafts Development Agency (ANDA), of which the implementing decr ee is currently in the process of adoption; 
approval of the study on non-industrial processing of cotton textiles financed by the 
African Development Bank (ADB); creation of a mode l for the building of the Gaoui crafts village 
north-east of N'Djamena; refurbishing of the N'Djamena Crafts Vocational Centre, which has just 
been given a leather footwear production chain by the Italian technical cooperation agency; 
ten craftsmen have been trained at the National Leather and Footwear Centre in Tunis, Tunisia; 
a handicrafts development strategy study being prepared with the cooperation of a consultant 
provided by UNDP under the DTIS in 2013; and inclusion of the crafts sector in the draft 
National Development Plan 2013-2015. 
6.55.  The Ministry of Postal Services and New Information Technologies is responsible for the 
formulation, coordination, implementation and foll ow-up of government policies on postal services 
and new communication technologies. It launched the reform of the telecommunications sector 
by liberalizing the market. The Post and Savings Company ( Société tchadienne des postes et 
de l'épargne  - STPE) operates postal and financial services. It is present on the express delivery 
market through the Express Mailing Service (EMS) together with declared private operators 
(DHL, SDV, SAGA EXPRESS, UPS, UNIVERSAL EXPRESS and TNT). In the telecommunications area, the Chad Telecommunications Company (SOT EL TCHAD) is responsible for operating the 
basic network, with approximately 53,000 fixed telephony subscribers, 80% of whom are 
concentrated in N'Djamena. Three private operat ors share the mobile telephony market, two of 
which are private (Airtel and Millicom). Altogether these three operators have 3,182,369 subscribers distributed across several zones (Source: Ministry of Postal Services 
and New Information Technologies). There is increasing demand for mobile telephones and 
Internet in the large urban centres. Rural telephony remains a major challenge for the future. The Chadian Telecommunications Regulation Bureau (OTRT) is responsible for regulating the 
telecommunications sector. 
6.56.  Ordinary money transfers are carried out by  the banks and postal services, while electronic 
transfers are carried out by private companies – Western Union Money Transfer and Money Gram 
in association with STPE, Airtel and Millicom. 
6.57.  The Government has launched many projec ts under the national ICT development strategy: 
some have already been completed while others are in the process of being implemented, including the following: 
-  Implementation of the second, third and fourth phases of the fibre-optic project; 
-  Implementation of the other phases of the government Internet network; 
-  Implementation of the national universal service strategy; 
-  Creation of a telecommunications management training institute; and WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 116 - 
  
  -  Building of a new headquarters for the Ministry, etc. 
6.58.  The Ministry of Microcredit for the Advanc ement of Women and Young People is responsible 
for the implementation of government policy on microcredit and the development and coordination 
of the sector. 
6.59.  Microfinance currently plays a key role in economic and social development and is a priority 
tool for poverty reduction. The NPRS 2 2008-2011 gives a prominent place to microfinance in its 
second pillar to some extent, and in the third pillar in particular as regards private-sector development. To this end, the Government has set the objective of developing a realistic strategy for the development of microfinance throughout the country in order to contribute to the 
promotion of SMEs/SMIs, micro-enterprise s and employment and self-employment. 
6.60.  The National Microfinance Strategy (SNMF)  was prepared and approved in August 2008 and 
adopted by the Government in July 2009. 
6.61.  Over its six years of existence the Ministry has, inter alia , financed 10,155 microprojects 
for income-generating activities for the vulnerable populations totalling CFAF 3.3 billion, with 82,016 beneficiaries, over half of whom are women. 
6.62.  The Ministry has drawn up a four-year na tional programme for 2013-2016. Implementation 
of this programme should reach 10% of the ac tive population by 2016, i.e. 500,000 people 
for a volume of CFAF 19.1 billion. 
6.63.  The Ministry plans to launch and have operational in 2013 a scheme for youth and women's 
employment aimed at training women and young pe ople in entrepreneurship and supporting them 
in preparing their projects, finding financing and following up their implementation. At the same 
time, the entrepreneurship and microfinance support fund, a financial tool in the national 
microfinance strategy, will be set up to facilitate access to microfinance establishments through 
the opening of credit lines and to promoters of microprojects and even small enterprises through 
its guarantee fund. The national microf inance strategy was revised in 2012. 
6.64.  With regard to the Ministry of Justice, th e Constitution guarantees the independence of the 
judiciary power and security of tenure of ju dges. By Decision No. 002 of 9 March 2013, the 
constitutional council quashed a recent attempt to amend the Constitution and infringe the principle of security of tenure. On the other ha nd, the Supreme Court is to be reformed and its 
audit section will become the Court of Audit in accordance with the CEMAC directive. 
Chad currently has five functioning commercial courts to hear commercial disputes relating to the OHADA uniform acts and three Appeal Courts, each of which has a commercial section. 
The appeal procedure is governed by the Common Court of Justice and Arbitration (CCJA) based 
in Abidjan, Côte d'Ivoire. 
6.65.  The Ministry responsible for ethics in pub lic affairs and the promotion of good governance 
has taken action against misappropriation, embezzlement of public funds and corruption. In the 
field of good governance, action has been taken under an investigation into corruption in Chad 
together with corruption action plans. The Government is in the process of adopting this investigation. Adoption of the African Union Convention on Preventing and Combating Corruption 
and the ratification of the United Nations Convention on Corruption are also underway. 
6.66.  Good governance is a major concern for the Government. A Ministry of State Control and 
Ethics, subsequently renamed the Ministry of Public Accountability and Promotion of Good 
Governance, was set up in 2004. Among its objectives are those of combating corruption and 
unethical behaviour. On 21 May 2012 the Ministry launched "Operation Cobra". A mid-term stocktaking issued on 21 November 2012 reported 48 missions undertaken, with the recovery of CFAF 24,914,559,674 together with 107 criminal and disciplinary proceedings. 
6.67.  With respect to combating corruption, on 24 December 2012 the National Assembly adopted 
the African Union Convention on Preventing and Combating Corruption. At the domestic 
level, Ordinance No. 0 11/PR/2012 of 15 June 2011 on the prevention and repression of corruption 
and similar or related offences in the Republic of Chad repealed Law No. 004/PR/2000 
of 16 February 2000. Other praiseworthy initiatives have been taken, including a survey of the WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 117 - 
  
  perception of corruption in 2009, the creation of the National Commission for the Promotion 
of Good Governance under Order No. 020/PR/MJAPPBG/2012 of 5 June 2012; the accession of Chad to the Extractive Industries Transpar ency Initiative (EITI); and the signing of the 
Protocol of the African Peer Review Mechanism (APRM) by the Head of State on 16 January 2013. 
6.68.  The Ministry of the General Secretariat of the Government is responsible among other 
things for controlling all legislative and regu latory texts and conventions submitted to the 
President of the Republic and/or the Prime Mini ster for signature; overseeing and regulating 
government procurement procedures; endorsing and registering procurement contracts entered 
into on behalf of the State by ministerial depart ments and other public institutions; publishing and 
disseminating laws and regulations and the decisions of the Constitutional Council relating to elections and debates in the National Assembly in the Official Journal of the Republic. 
6.69.  Government procurement is governed by the Code established by 
Decree No. 503/PR/PM/SGG/2003 of 5 December 2003. Article 1 of the Code establishes the rules applicable to the preparation, award, executio n and oversight of government procurement for 
works, supplies and services, including intellectual  services. The Code covers procurement by the 
State, decentralised territorial units, public establishments and companies in which the State has a majority holding. It lays down the administrative penalties applicable and actions relating to the 
prevention of offences and settlement of disputes in this area. 
6.70.  Under the Code, procurement in excess of CFAF 10 million must go to tender. Candidates 
must be informed of the criteria for the evaluati on of bids and their importance in the tender 
documents, which must also include any national preference margin envisaged. Where bids are 
identical, national preference may be granted to eligible national bidders where their price is not 
more than 15% higher than that of competitors. Calls for tenders may be open to all candidates or to a restricted list. Negotiated contracts may be authorised in exceptional cases. In any case, 
the Government Procurement Board (OCMP) must a pprove the use of any other form of awarding 
contracts. In the case of an open tender, foreign bidders must join up with or subcontract to domestic enterprises specialising in the field concerned. 
6.71.  The Government Procurement Board (OCMP) is  the regulatory authority with oversight over 
the preparation and award of contracts. Since 2010 it has had offices in the following towns: 
Abéché, Doba, Moundou and Sarh. It must give its opinion before a call for tenders is issued. The OCMP is also responsible for ensuring the dissemination of regulations and for developing tools 
to facilitate transparency in bidding procedures. The Code states that tender notices must 
be displayed at the OCMP and brought to the attent ion of the public through the publication in the 
Official Bulletin of public procurement notices, as well as in at least one private medium, including 
in particular by electronic means. The same applies to the results. 
6.72.  Bids are opened by the Bid Opening and Adjudication Commissions (COJO) in each 
ministerial department. These are independent of the OCMP and consist of representatives of the 
contracting authority, members of the administration, independent persons and the consulting 
engineer, where applicable. 
6.73.  Except in the case of contracts for intellec tual services, bidders must post a bid bond that 
is usually between 1 and 2% of the projected amo unt of the contract. Bonds are returned to the 
unsuccessful bidders at the end of the bid validity period. A performance bond of 
between 5% and 10% of the contract amount is also required, except in the case of contracts for less than three months and for intellectual services. 
6.74.  Prior to execution, contracts must be endorsed by the General Secretariat 
of the Government. The latter has a single window to facilitate the approval of contracts by the authorities concerned (in particular the OCMP, the Financial Controller and the Director-General of 
the budget). 
6.75.  Penalties are applied when the contract is  not performed within the prescribed time-frame. WT/TPR/G/285 • CEMAC 
 
- 118 - 
  
  7  TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND MOBILIZATION OF TRADE-RELATED AID RESOURCES 
7.1.  Chad's trade-related technical assistance needs lie in the following areas: implementation 
of the trade agreements, in particular notifications, participation in the WTO's regular activities, capacity-building for participation in the trade negotiations, and integration of trade policies into 
development policies. 
7.2.  As regards technical assistance related to tr ade policy formulation, Chad's needs relate to the 
harmonization of domestic laws and regulations with the WTO principles and rules, and human and 
institutional capacity-building in the trade area. 
7.3.  As a least developed country, Chad is playing an active part in the Enhanced Integrated 
Framework process (since 22 July 2011) with a view to developing its production capacity on the supply side and establishing a favourable environment for diversified and competitive economic 
growth. 
7.4.  With the support of the Enhanced Integr ated Framework, Chad has carried out a number 
of reforms of the trade-related institutional sector and undertaken action to strengthen 
its production sector. It has emphasized the de velopment of areas with export potential, and 
especially the sectors in which it has clear comparative advantages. The Government has mobilized significant resources of its own to boos t the development of these sectors, supplemented 
by the contributions made by its partners. 
7.5.  Chad has placed the development of tr ade at the heart of its development policy. 
The priorities identified for the development of th e trade sector include improving the institutional 
framework, liberalizing trade and strengthen ing the production sector, and these feature 
prominently in the National Development Programme (DNP) 2013-2015. 
7.6.  In the context of the Enhanced Integr ated Framework (EIF), the Ministry of Trade 
and Industry has begun a revision of the DTIS; the conclusions will guide productive sector 
reforms (professional services, agriculture, livestock, tourism and crafts, business environment, 
mining and energy, and information and communication technology). 
7.7.  The outcome of the revision  of the DTIS together with the recommendations from this Trade 
Policy Review will contribute to the developmen t of the national trade strategy which the 
Government plans to introduce. 
7.8.  Higher education and professional training are one of the Government's central concerns, 
and universities and institutes have been set up in most regions thanks to oil revenues. 
8  CONCLUSION 
8.1.  With the return of peace, Chad is determined to improve its trade policy, in other words 
to improve the living conditions of its people through a trade policy adapted to the principles 
of international trade. To this end, it counts on the assistance in all forms of all donors and 
development partners in order to meet the challenges and attain the ultimate objective, namely emergence by 2025. 
__________